30

Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    0

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics

9TH EDITION

Ian SmithHead of the School of Engineering and the Built EnvironmentEdinburgh Napier University

This edition first published 2014copy 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltdcopy 2006 Ian Smith

Registered office John Wiley amp Sons Ltd The Atrium Southern Gate Chichester West Sussex PO19 8SQ UK

Editorial offices 9600 Garsington Road Oxford OX4 2DQ UKThe Atrium Southern Gate Chichester West Sussex PO19 8SQ UK2121 State Avenue Ames Iowa 50014-8300 USA

For details of our global editorial offices for customer services and for information about how to apply for permission to reuse the copyright material in this book please see our website at wwwwileycomwiley-blackwell

The right of the author to be identified as the author of this work has been asserted in accordance with the UK Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988

All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise except as permitted by the UK Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 without the prior permission of the publisher

Designations used by companies to distinguish their products are often claimed as trademarks All brand names and product names used in this book are trade names service marks trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners The publisher is not associated with any product or vendor mentioned in this book This publication is designed to provide accurate and authoritative information in regard to the subject matter covered It is sold on the understanding that the publisher is not engaged in rendering professional services If professional advice or other expert assistance is required the services of a competent professional should be sought

ISBN 9780470673393

A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library and the Library of Congress

Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears in print may not be available in electronic books

Cover image courtesy of Ian SmithCover design by Sophie Ford His and Hers Design

Set in 9115 pt AvenirLTStd by Toppan Best-set Premedia Limited

[1 2014]

Contents

About the Author ixPreface xNotation Index xiAbout the Companion Website xvi

ensp 1ensp ClassificationenspandenspPhysicalenspPropertiesenspofenspSoilsensp 111 Agricultural and engineering soil 112 Engineering definitions 213 Clay soils 414 Field identification of soils 515 Laboratory classification of soils 616 Activity of a clay 1417 Soil classification and description 1418 Soil properties 21Exercises 30

ensp 2ensp PermeabilityenspandenspFlowenspofenspWaterenspinenspSoilsensp 3321 Subsurface water 3322 Flow of water through soils 3523 Darcyrsquos law of saturated flow 3624 Coefficient of permeability k 3625 Determination of permeability in the laboratory 3626 Determination of permeability in the field 4027 Approximation of coefficient of permeability 4228 General differential equation of flow 4229 Potential and stream functions 44210 Flow nets 45211 Critical flow conditions 49212 Design of soil filters 51213 Capillarity and unsaturated soils 54214 Earth dams 59215 Seepage through non-uniform soil deposits 62Exercises 71

ensp 3ensp TotalenspandenspEffectiveenspStressensp 7431 State of stress in a soil mass 7432 Total stress 7533 Pore pressure 7634 Effective stress 7735 Stresses induced by applied loads 80Exercises 89

v

viemsp Contents

ensp 4ensp ShearenspStrengthenspofenspSoilsensp 9141 Friction 9142 Complex stress 9143 The Mohr circle diagram 9244 Cohesion 9645 Coulombrsquos law of soil shear strength 9646 Modified Coulombrsquos law 9847 The MohrndashCoulomb yield theory 9848 Determination of the shear strength parameters 9949 Determination of the shear strength parameters from triaxial testing 106410 The pore pressure coefficients A and B 112411 The triaxial extension test 118412 Behaviour of soils under shear 119413 Operative strengths of soils 122414 The critical state 124415 Sensitivity of clays 129416 Residual strength of soil 130Exercises 133

ensp 5ensp Eurocodeensp7ensp 13651 Introduction to the Structural Eurocodes 13652 Introduction to Eurocode 7 13853 Using Eurocode 7 basis of geotechnical design 13954 Geotechnical design by calculation 13955 Ultimate limit states 14556 The EQU limit state 14757 The GEO limit state and design approaches 15058 Serviceability limit states 15559 Geotechnical design report 155

ensp 6ensp SiteenspInvestigationensp 15661 EN 1997-22007 ndash Ground investigation and testing 15662 Planning of ground investigations 15763 Site exploration methods 16064 Soil and rock sampling 16465 Groundwater measurements 17066 Field tests in soil and rock 17267 Geotechnical reports 179

ensp 7ensp LateralenspEarthenspPressureensp 18371 Earth pressure at rest 18372 Active and passive earth pressure 18373 Rankinersquos theory granular soils active earth pressure 18574 Rankinersquos theory granular soils passive earth pressure 19075 Rankinersquos theory cohesive soils 19176 Coulombrsquos wedge theory active earth pressure 19577 Coulombrsquos wedge theory passive earth pressure 20278 Surcharges 20579 Choice of method for determination of active pressure 210710 Backfill material 210711 Influence of wall yield on design 215712 Design parameters for different soil types 216Exercises 219

Contentsemsp vii

ensp 8ensp RetainingenspStructuresensp 22181 Main types of retaining structures 22182 Gravity walls 22183 Embedded walls 22484 Failure modes of retaining structures 22585 Design of gravity retaining walls 22686 Design of sheet pile walls 23687 Braced excavations 24888 Reinforced soil 25089 Soil nailing 251Exercises 252

ensp 9ensp BearingenspCapacityenspandenspShallowenspFoundationsensp 25591 Bearing capacity terms 25592 Types of foundation 25593 Ultimate bearing capacity of a foundation 25694 Determination of the safe bearing capacity 26395 The effect of groundwater on bearing capacity 26496 Developments in bearing capacity equations 26597 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 26998 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 28499 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285Exercises 288

10ensp PileenspFoundationsensp 290101 Introduction 290102 Classification of piles 290103 Method of installation 291104 Pile load testing 294105 Determination of the bearing capacity of a pile 296106 Designing pile foundations to Eurocode 7 303107 Pile groups 311Exercises 313

11ensp FoundationenspSettlementenspandenspSoilenspCompressionensp 315111 Settlement of a foundation 315112 Immediate settlement 316113 Consolidation settlement 325114 Application of consolidation test results 335115 General consolidation 336116 Eurocode 7 serviceability limit state 343117 Isotropic consolidation 344118 Two-dimensional stress paths 346Exercises 352

12ensp RateenspofenspFoundationenspSettlementensp 355121 Analogy of consolidation settlement 355122 Distribution of the initial excess pore pressure ui 355123 Terzaghirsquos theory of consolidation 355124 Average degree of consolidation 359125 Drainage path length 359126 Determination of the coefficient of consolidation cv from the consolidation test 360127 Determination of the permeability coefficient from the consolidation test 362

viiiemsp Contents

128 Determination of the consolidation coefficient from the triaxial test 362129 The model law of consolidation 3651210 Consolidation during construction 3661211 Consolidation by drainage in two and three dimensions 3691212 Numerical determination of consolidation rates 3691213 Construction pore pressures in an earth dam 3741214 Numerical solutions for two- and three-dimensional consolidation 3761215 Sand drains 378Exercises 384

13ensp StabilityenspofenspSlopesensp 386131 Planar failures 386132 Rotational failures 390133 Slope stability design charts 408134 Wedge failure 414135 Slope stability analysis to Eurocode 7 416Exercises 421

14ensp CompactionenspandenspSoilenspMechanicsenspAspectsenspofenspHighwayenspDesignensp 432141 Field compaction of soils 432142 Laboratory compaction of soils 434143 Specification of the field compacted density 441144 Field measurement tests 442145 Highway design 446Exercises 457

References 460Index 466

About the Author

Ian Smith is Head of the School of Engineering and the Built Environment at Edinburgh Napier University He has taught Geotechnical Engineering at the university for nearly 20 years having spent some years beforehand working in the site investigation industry He is an authority on the use of Eurocode 7 in geotechnical design and has instructed designers and academics in the use of the code throughout the UK Europe and in China

ix

Preface

When I wrote the 8th Edition of this book in 2005 only Part 1 of Eurocode 7 had been published In that Edition I illustrated how geotechnical design to the new Eurocode was to be carried out and the feedback that I received indicated that readers found my approaches easy to follow Between 2007 and 2010 Part 2 of the code and both UK National Annexes to the code were published and much of the new material in this 9th Edition has been developed around the now complete set of documents

To help the reader fully understand the stages of a Eurocode 7 design I have rearranged the sequence of chapters in the book and written two new chapters around the complete design process Chapter 5 describes the design methods (aligning to Eurocode 7 Part 1) and Chapter 6 describes the ground inves-tigation aspects (aligning to Part 2) The specific design methods to be used for various geotechnical structures are described in the later chapters which cover retaining walls shallow and deep foundations and slopes The early chapters of the book cover the fundamentals of the behaviour of soils

I have provided many worked examples throughout the book that illustrate the principles of soil mechan-ics and the geotechnical design processes To help the reader further I have produced a suite of spread-sheets and documents to accompany the book that match up against many of the worked examples These can be used to better understand the analysis being adopted in the examples which are particularly beneficial to understanding the Eurocode 7 design examples In addition I have produced the solutions to the exercises at the end of the chapters as a series of portable document format (pdf) files All of these files can be freely downloaded from wwwwileycomgosmithsoil

Whilst the full content of both parts of Eurocode 7 has driven the bulk of the new material in this edition I have also updated other aspects of the text throughout This was done in recognition that some aspects of the book had become dated as a result of the introduction of new methods and standards Furthermore the format of the book has been improved to aid readability and thus help the reader in understanding the material All in all I believe that I have produced a valuable and very up-to-date textbook on soil mechanics from which the learning of the subject should be made easier

I must thank my colleagues Dr Daniel Barreto and Dr John McDougall for their advice on the revisions I have made to the sections on shear strength and unsaturated soils

x

Notation Index

The following is a list of the more important symbols used in the text

A Area pore pressure coefficientAprime Effective foundation areaAb Area of base of pileAs Area of surface of embedded length of pile shaftB Width diameter pore pressure coefficient foundation widthBprime Effective foundation widthC Cohesive force constantCa Area ratioCC Compression index soil compressibilityCN SPT Correction factorCr Static cone resistanceCs Constant of compressibilityCu Uniformity coefficientCv Void fluid compressibilityD Diameter depth factor foundation depth embedded length of pileDW Depth of groundwater tableDr Relative densityD1 D2 Cutting shoe diametersD10 Effective particle sizeE Modulus of elasticity efficiency of pile groupEd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of actionsEdstd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of destabilising actionsEstbd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of stabilising actionsEM Pressuremeter modulusEr SPT Energy ratioF Factor of safetyFb Factor of safety on pile base resistanceFcd Eurocode 7 design axial compression load on a pileFd Eurocode 7 design value of an actionFrep Eurocode 7 representative value of an actionFs Factor of safety on pile shaft resistanceGdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)Gs Particle specific gravityGstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)

primeGstb d Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (heave)GWL Groundwater levelH Thickness height horizontal loadI Index moment of inertiaID Density index

xi

xii Notation Index

IL Liquidity indexIP Plasticity indexIσ Vertical stress influence factorK Factor ratio of σ3σ1

Ka Coefficient of active earth pressureK0 Coefficient of earth pressure at restKp Coefficient of passive earth pressureKs Pile constantL LengthLprime Effective foundation lengthM Moment slope projection of critical state line mass mobilisation factorMs Mass of solidsMw Mass of waterMCV Moisture condition valueN Number stability number specific volume for ln pprime = 0 (one-dimensional consolidation)

uncorrected blow count in SPTN60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses(N1)60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses and normalised for effective

vertical overburden stressNc Nq Nγ Bearing capacity coefficientsP ForcePa Thrust due to active earth pressurePp Thrust due to passive earth pressurePw Thrust due to water or seepage forcesQ Total quantity of flow in time tQb Ultimate soil strength at pile baseQs Ultimate soil strength around pile shaftQu Ultimate load carrying capacity of pileR Radius reactionRbcal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile base resistanceRbk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile base resistanceRc Eurocode 7 compressive resistance of ground against a pile at ultimate limit stateRccal Eurocode 7 calculated value of Rc

Rcd Eurocode 7 design value of Rc

Rck Eurocode 7 characteristic value of Rc

Rcm Eurocode 7 measured value of Rc

Rd Eurocode 7 design resisting forceRo Overconsolidation ratio (one-dimensional)Rp Overconsolidation ratio (isotropic)Rscal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile shaft resistanceRsk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile shaft resistanceS Vane shear strengthSdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising seepage forceSr Degree of saturationSt SensitivityT Time factor tangential force surface tension torqueTd Eurocode 7 design value of total shearing resistance around structureU Average degree of consolidationUz Degree of consolidation at a point at depth zV Volume vertical loadVa Volume of airVdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising vertical action on a structure

Notation Index xiii

Vs Volume of solidsVv Volume of voidsVw Volume of waterW WeightWs Weight of solidsWw Weight of waterXd Eurocode 7 design value of a material propertyXk Eurocode 7 representative value of a material propertyZ Section modulus

a Area intercept of MCV calibration line with w axisb Width slope of MCV calibration linec Unit cohesioncprime Unit cohesion with respect to effective stressescb Undisturbed soil shear strength at pile baseprimecd Eurocode 7 design value of effective cohesion

cr Residual value of cohesioncu Undrained unit cohesioncu Average undrained shear strength of soilcud Eurocode 7 design value of undrained shear strengthcv Coefficient of consolidationcw Unit cohesion between wall and soild Pile penetration pile diameterdc dq dγ Depth factorse Void ratio eccentricityfs Ultimate skin friction for pilesg Gravitational accelerationh Hydrostatic head heighthc Capillary rise tension crack depthhe Equivalent height of soilhw Excess headi Hydraulic gradientic Critical hydraulic gradientic iq iγ Inclination factorsk Coefficient of permeabilityl Lengthm Stability coefficientmB mL Eurocode 7 load inclination factor parametersmv Coefficient of volume compressibilityn Porosity stability coefficientp Pressure mean pressurepa Active earth pressurepc Preconsolidation pressure (one-dimensional)

primepe Equivalent consolidation pressure (isotropic)pLM Pressuremeter limit pressurep0 Earth pressure at rest

primepm Preconsolidation pressure (isotropic)primepo Effective overburden pressure

pp Passive earth pressureq Unit quantity of flow deviator stress uniform surcharge bearing pressureqa Allowable bearing pressurequ Ultimate bearing capacity

xiv Notation Index

qu net Net ultimate bearing capacityr Radius radial distance finite difference constantru Pore pressure ratios Suction value of soil stress parametersc sq sγ Shape factorssw Corrected drawdown in pumping wellt Time stress parameteru uw Pore water pressureua Pore air pressure pore pressure due to σ3 in a saturated soilud Pore pressure due to (σ1 minus σ3) in a saturated soiludstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising total pore water pressureui Initial pore water pressurev Velocity specific volumew Water or moisture contentwL Liquid limitwP Plastic limitws Shrinkage limitx Horizontal distancey Vertical or horizontal distancez Vertical distance depthza Depth of investigation pointszo Depth of tension crackzw Depth below water table

α Angle pile adhesion factorβ Slope angleΓ Eurocode 7 over-design factor specific volume at ln Pprime = 0γ Unit weight (weight density)γprime Submerged buoyant or effective unit weight (effective weight density)γA Eurocode 7 partial factor accidental action ndash unfavourableγb Bulk unit weight (bulk weight density) Eurocode 7 partial factor pile base resistance

primeγc Eurocode 7 partial factor effective cohesionγcu Eurocode 7 partial factor undrained shear strengthγd Dry unit weight (dry weight density)γF Eurocode 7 partial factor for an actionγGdst Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash destabilisingγGstb Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash stabilisingγGfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash favourableγGunfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash unfavourableγM Eurocode 7 partial factor for a soil parameterγQ Eurocode 7 partial factor variable action ndash unfavourableγqu Eurocode 7 partial factor unconfined compressive strengthγR Eurocode 7 partial factor for a resistanceγRe Eurocode 7 partial factor earth resistanceγRh Eurocode 7 partial factor sliding resistanceγRv Eurocode 7 partial factor bearing resistanceγs Eurocode 7 partial factor pile shaft resistanceγsat Saturated unit weight (saturated weight density)γt Eurocode 7 partial factor pile total resistanceγw Unit weight of water (weight density of water)γγ Eurocode 7 partial factor weight density

primeγφ Eurocode 7 partial factor angle of shearing resistance

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 2: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics

9TH EDITION

Ian SmithHead of the School of Engineering and the Built EnvironmentEdinburgh Napier University

This edition first published 2014copy 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltdcopy 2006 Ian Smith

Registered office John Wiley amp Sons Ltd The Atrium Southern Gate Chichester West Sussex PO19 8SQ UK

Editorial offices 9600 Garsington Road Oxford OX4 2DQ UKThe Atrium Southern Gate Chichester West Sussex PO19 8SQ UK2121 State Avenue Ames Iowa 50014-8300 USA

For details of our global editorial offices for customer services and for information about how to apply for permission to reuse the copyright material in this book please see our website at wwwwileycomwiley-blackwell

The right of the author to be identified as the author of this work has been asserted in accordance with the UK Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988

All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise except as permitted by the UK Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 without the prior permission of the publisher

Designations used by companies to distinguish their products are often claimed as trademarks All brand names and product names used in this book are trade names service marks trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners The publisher is not associated with any product or vendor mentioned in this book This publication is designed to provide accurate and authoritative information in regard to the subject matter covered It is sold on the understanding that the publisher is not engaged in rendering professional services If professional advice or other expert assistance is required the services of a competent professional should be sought

ISBN 9780470673393

A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library and the Library of Congress

Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears in print may not be available in electronic books

Cover image courtesy of Ian SmithCover design by Sophie Ford His and Hers Design

Set in 9115 pt AvenirLTStd by Toppan Best-set Premedia Limited

[1 2014]

Contents

About the Author ixPreface xNotation Index xiAbout the Companion Website xvi

ensp 1ensp ClassificationenspandenspPhysicalenspPropertiesenspofenspSoilsensp 111 Agricultural and engineering soil 112 Engineering definitions 213 Clay soils 414 Field identification of soils 515 Laboratory classification of soils 616 Activity of a clay 1417 Soil classification and description 1418 Soil properties 21Exercises 30

ensp 2ensp PermeabilityenspandenspFlowenspofenspWaterenspinenspSoilsensp 3321 Subsurface water 3322 Flow of water through soils 3523 Darcyrsquos law of saturated flow 3624 Coefficient of permeability k 3625 Determination of permeability in the laboratory 3626 Determination of permeability in the field 4027 Approximation of coefficient of permeability 4228 General differential equation of flow 4229 Potential and stream functions 44210 Flow nets 45211 Critical flow conditions 49212 Design of soil filters 51213 Capillarity and unsaturated soils 54214 Earth dams 59215 Seepage through non-uniform soil deposits 62Exercises 71

ensp 3ensp TotalenspandenspEffectiveenspStressensp 7431 State of stress in a soil mass 7432 Total stress 7533 Pore pressure 7634 Effective stress 7735 Stresses induced by applied loads 80Exercises 89

v

viemsp Contents

ensp 4ensp ShearenspStrengthenspofenspSoilsensp 9141 Friction 9142 Complex stress 9143 The Mohr circle diagram 9244 Cohesion 9645 Coulombrsquos law of soil shear strength 9646 Modified Coulombrsquos law 9847 The MohrndashCoulomb yield theory 9848 Determination of the shear strength parameters 9949 Determination of the shear strength parameters from triaxial testing 106410 The pore pressure coefficients A and B 112411 The triaxial extension test 118412 Behaviour of soils under shear 119413 Operative strengths of soils 122414 The critical state 124415 Sensitivity of clays 129416 Residual strength of soil 130Exercises 133

ensp 5ensp Eurocodeensp7ensp 13651 Introduction to the Structural Eurocodes 13652 Introduction to Eurocode 7 13853 Using Eurocode 7 basis of geotechnical design 13954 Geotechnical design by calculation 13955 Ultimate limit states 14556 The EQU limit state 14757 The GEO limit state and design approaches 15058 Serviceability limit states 15559 Geotechnical design report 155

ensp 6ensp SiteenspInvestigationensp 15661 EN 1997-22007 ndash Ground investigation and testing 15662 Planning of ground investigations 15763 Site exploration methods 16064 Soil and rock sampling 16465 Groundwater measurements 17066 Field tests in soil and rock 17267 Geotechnical reports 179

ensp 7ensp LateralenspEarthenspPressureensp 18371 Earth pressure at rest 18372 Active and passive earth pressure 18373 Rankinersquos theory granular soils active earth pressure 18574 Rankinersquos theory granular soils passive earth pressure 19075 Rankinersquos theory cohesive soils 19176 Coulombrsquos wedge theory active earth pressure 19577 Coulombrsquos wedge theory passive earth pressure 20278 Surcharges 20579 Choice of method for determination of active pressure 210710 Backfill material 210711 Influence of wall yield on design 215712 Design parameters for different soil types 216Exercises 219

Contentsemsp vii

ensp 8ensp RetainingenspStructuresensp 22181 Main types of retaining structures 22182 Gravity walls 22183 Embedded walls 22484 Failure modes of retaining structures 22585 Design of gravity retaining walls 22686 Design of sheet pile walls 23687 Braced excavations 24888 Reinforced soil 25089 Soil nailing 251Exercises 252

ensp 9ensp BearingenspCapacityenspandenspShallowenspFoundationsensp 25591 Bearing capacity terms 25592 Types of foundation 25593 Ultimate bearing capacity of a foundation 25694 Determination of the safe bearing capacity 26395 The effect of groundwater on bearing capacity 26496 Developments in bearing capacity equations 26597 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 26998 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 28499 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285Exercises 288

10ensp PileenspFoundationsensp 290101 Introduction 290102 Classification of piles 290103 Method of installation 291104 Pile load testing 294105 Determination of the bearing capacity of a pile 296106 Designing pile foundations to Eurocode 7 303107 Pile groups 311Exercises 313

11ensp FoundationenspSettlementenspandenspSoilenspCompressionensp 315111 Settlement of a foundation 315112 Immediate settlement 316113 Consolidation settlement 325114 Application of consolidation test results 335115 General consolidation 336116 Eurocode 7 serviceability limit state 343117 Isotropic consolidation 344118 Two-dimensional stress paths 346Exercises 352

12ensp RateenspofenspFoundationenspSettlementensp 355121 Analogy of consolidation settlement 355122 Distribution of the initial excess pore pressure ui 355123 Terzaghirsquos theory of consolidation 355124 Average degree of consolidation 359125 Drainage path length 359126 Determination of the coefficient of consolidation cv from the consolidation test 360127 Determination of the permeability coefficient from the consolidation test 362

viiiemsp Contents

128 Determination of the consolidation coefficient from the triaxial test 362129 The model law of consolidation 3651210 Consolidation during construction 3661211 Consolidation by drainage in two and three dimensions 3691212 Numerical determination of consolidation rates 3691213 Construction pore pressures in an earth dam 3741214 Numerical solutions for two- and three-dimensional consolidation 3761215 Sand drains 378Exercises 384

13ensp StabilityenspofenspSlopesensp 386131 Planar failures 386132 Rotational failures 390133 Slope stability design charts 408134 Wedge failure 414135 Slope stability analysis to Eurocode 7 416Exercises 421

14ensp CompactionenspandenspSoilenspMechanicsenspAspectsenspofenspHighwayenspDesignensp 432141 Field compaction of soils 432142 Laboratory compaction of soils 434143 Specification of the field compacted density 441144 Field measurement tests 442145 Highway design 446Exercises 457

References 460Index 466

About the Author

Ian Smith is Head of the School of Engineering and the Built Environment at Edinburgh Napier University He has taught Geotechnical Engineering at the university for nearly 20 years having spent some years beforehand working in the site investigation industry He is an authority on the use of Eurocode 7 in geotechnical design and has instructed designers and academics in the use of the code throughout the UK Europe and in China

ix

Preface

When I wrote the 8th Edition of this book in 2005 only Part 1 of Eurocode 7 had been published In that Edition I illustrated how geotechnical design to the new Eurocode was to be carried out and the feedback that I received indicated that readers found my approaches easy to follow Between 2007 and 2010 Part 2 of the code and both UK National Annexes to the code were published and much of the new material in this 9th Edition has been developed around the now complete set of documents

To help the reader fully understand the stages of a Eurocode 7 design I have rearranged the sequence of chapters in the book and written two new chapters around the complete design process Chapter 5 describes the design methods (aligning to Eurocode 7 Part 1) and Chapter 6 describes the ground inves-tigation aspects (aligning to Part 2) The specific design methods to be used for various geotechnical structures are described in the later chapters which cover retaining walls shallow and deep foundations and slopes The early chapters of the book cover the fundamentals of the behaviour of soils

I have provided many worked examples throughout the book that illustrate the principles of soil mechan-ics and the geotechnical design processes To help the reader further I have produced a suite of spread-sheets and documents to accompany the book that match up against many of the worked examples These can be used to better understand the analysis being adopted in the examples which are particularly beneficial to understanding the Eurocode 7 design examples In addition I have produced the solutions to the exercises at the end of the chapters as a series of portable document format (pdf) files All of these files can be freely downloaded from wwwwileycomgosmithsoil

Whilst the full content of both parts of Eurocode 7 has driven the bulk of the new material in this edition I have also updated other aspects of the text throughout This was done in recognition that some aspects of the book had become dated as a result of the introduction of new methods and standards Furthermore the format of the book has been improved to aid readability and thus help the reader in understanding the material All in all I believe that I have produced a valuable and very up-to-date textbook on soil mechanics from which the learning of the subject should be made easier

I must thank my colleagues Dr Daniel Barreto and Dr John McDougall for their advice on the revisions I have made to the sections on shear strength and unsaturated soils

x

Notation Index

The following is a list of the more important symbols used in the text

A Area pore pressure coefficientAprime Effective foundation areaAb Area of base of pileAs Area of surface of embedded length of pile shaftB Width diameter pore pressure coefficient foundation widthBprime Effective foundation widthC Cohesive force constantCa Area ratioCC Compression index soil compressibilityCN SPT Correction factorCr Static cone resistanceCs Constant of compressibilityCu Uniformity coefficientCv Void fluid compressibilityD Diameter depth factor foundation depth embedded length of pileDW Depth of groundwater tableDr Relative densityD1 D2 Cutting shoe diametersD10 Effective particle sizeE Modulus of elasticity efficiency of pile groupEd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of actionsEdstd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of destabilising actionsEstbd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of stabilising actionsEM Pressuremeter modulusEr SPT Energy ratioF Factor of safetyFb Factor of safety on pile base resistanceFcd Eurocode 7 design axial compression load on a pileFd Eurocode 7 design value of an actionFrep Eurocode 7 representative value of an actionFs Factor of safety on pile shaft resistanceGdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)Gs Particle specific gravityGstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)

primeGstb d Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (heave)GWL Groundwater levelH Thickness height horizontal loadI Index moment of inertiaID Density index

xi

xii Notation Index

IL Liquidity indexIP Plasticity indexIσ Vertical stress influence factorK Factor ratio of σ3σ1

Ka Coefficient of active earth pressureK0 Coefficient of earth pressure at restKp Coefficient of passive earth pressureKs Pile constantL LengthLprime Effective foundation lengthM Moment slope projection of critical state line mass mobilisation factorMs Mass of solidsMw Mass of waterMCV Moisture condition valueN Number stability number specific volume for ln pprime = 0 (one-dimensional consolidation)

uncorrected blow count in SPTN60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses(N1)60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses and normalised for effective

vertical overburden stressNc Nq Nγ Bearing capacity coefficientsP ForcePa Thrust due to active earth pressurePp Thrust due to passive earth pressurePw Thrust due to water or seepage forcesQ Total quantity of flow in time tQb Ultimate soil strength at pile baseQs Ultimate soil strength around pile shaftQu Ultimate load carrying capacity of pileR Radius reactionRbcal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile base resistanceRbk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile base resistanceRc Eurocode 7 compressive resistance of ground against a pile at ultimate limit stateRccal Eurocode 7 calculated value of Rc

Rcd Eurocode 7 design value of Rc

Rck Eurocode 7 characteristic value of Rc

Rcm Eurocode 7 measured value of Rc

Rd Eurocode 7 design resisting forceRo Overconsolidation ratio (one-dimensional)Rp Overconsolidation ratio (isotropic)Rscal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile shaft resistanceRsk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile shaft resistanceS Vane shear strengthSdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising seepage forceSr Degree of saturationSt SensitivityT Time factor tangential force surface tension torqueTd Eurocode 7 design value of total shearing resistance around structureU Average degree of consolidationUz Degree of consolidation at a point at depth zV Volume vertical loadVa Volume of airVdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising vertical action on a structure

Notation Index xiii

Vs Volume of solidsVv Volume of voidsVw Volume of waterW WeightWs Weight of solidsWw Weight of waterXd Eurocode 7 design value of a material propertyXk Eurocode 7 representative value of a material propertyZ Section modulus

a Area intercept of MCV calibration line with w axisb Width slope of MCV calibration linec Unit cohesioncprime Unit cohesion with respect to effective stressescb Undisturbed soil shear strength at pile baseprimecd Eurocode 7 design value of effective cohesion

cr Residual value of cohesioncu Undrained unit cohesioncu Average undrained shear strength of soilcud Eurocode 7 design value of undrained shear strengthcv Coefficient of consolidationcw Unit cohesion between wall and soild Pile penetration pile diameterdc dq dγ Depth factorse Void ratio eccentricityfs Ultimate skin friction for pilesg Gravitational accelerationh Hydrostatic head heighthc Capillary rise tension crack depthhe Equivalent height of soilhw Excess headi Hydraulic gradientic Critical hydraulic gradientic iq iγ Inclination factorsk Coefficient of permeabilityl Lengthm Stability coefficientmB mL Eurocode 7 load inclination factor parametersmv Coefficient of volume compressibilityn Porosity stability coefficientp Pressure mean pressurepa Active earth pressurepc Preconsolidation pressure (one-dimensional)

primepe Equivalent consolidation pressure (isotropic)pLM Pressuremeter limit pressurep0 Earth pressure at rest

primepm Preconsolidation pressure (isotropic)primepo Effective overburden pressure

pp Passive earth pressureq Unit quantity of flow deviator stress uniform surcharge bearing pressureqa Allowable bearing pressurequ Ultimate bearing capacity

xiv Notation Index

qu net Net ultimate bearing capacityr Radius radial distance finite difference constantru Pore pressure ratios Suction value of soil stress parametersc sq sγ Shape factorssw Corrected drawdown in pumping wellt Time stress parameteru uw Pore water pressureua Pore air pressure pore pressure due to σ3 in a saturated soilud Pore pressure due to (σ1 minus σ3) in a saturated soiludstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising total pore water pressureui Initial pore water pressurev Velocity specific volumew Water or moisture contentwL Liquid limitwP Plastic limitws Shrinkage limitx Horizontal distancey Vertical or horizontal distancez Vertical distance depthza Depth of investigation pointszo Depth of tension crackzw Depth below water table

α Angle pile adhesion factorβ Slope angleΓ Eurocode 7 over-design factor specific volume at ln Pprime = 0γ Unit weight (weight density)γprime Submerged buoyant or effective unit weight (effective weight density)γA Eurocode 7 partial factor accidental action ndash unfavourableγb Bulk unit weight (bulk weight density) Eurocode 7 partial factor pile base resistance

primeγc Eurocode 7 partial factor effective cohesionγcu Eurocode 7 partial factor undrained shear strengthγd Dry unit weight (dry weight density)γF Eurocode 7 partial factor for an actionγGdst Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash destabilisingγGstb Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash stabilisingγGfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash favourableγGunfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash unfavourableγM Eurocode 7 partial factor for a soil parameterγQ Eurocode 7 partial factor variable action ndash unfavourableγqu Eurocode 7 partial factor unconfined compressive strengthγR Eurocode 7 partial factor for a resistanceγRe Eurocode 7 partial factor earth resistanceγRh Eurocode 7 partial factor sliding resistanceγRv Eurocode 7 partial factor bearing resistanceγs Eurocode 7 partial factor pile shaft resistanceγsat Saturated unit weight (saturated weight density)γt Eurocode 7 partial factor pile total resistanceγw Unit weight of water (weight density of water)γγ Eurocode 7 partial factor weight density

primeγφ Eurocode 7 partial factor angle of shearing resistance

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 3: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

This edition first published 2014copy 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltdcopy 2006 Ian Smith

Registered office John Wiley amp Sons Ltd The Atrium Southern Gate Chichester West Sussex PO19 8SQ UK

Editorial offices 9600 Garsington Road Oxford OX4 2DQ UKThe Atrium Southern Gate Chichester West Sussex PO19 8SQ UK2121 State Avenue Ames Iowa 50014-8300 USA

For details of our global editorial offices for customer services and for information about how to apply for permission to reuse the copyright material in this book please see our website at wwwwileycomwiley-blackwell

The right of the author to be identified as the author of this work has been asserted in accordance with the UK Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988

All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise except as permitted by the UK Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 without the prior permission of the publisher

Designations used by companies to distinguish their products are often claimed as trademarks All brand names and product names used in this book are trade names service marks trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners The publisher is not associated with any product or vendor mentioned in this book This publication is designed to provide accurate and authoritative information in regard to the subject matter covered It is sold on the understanding that the publisher is not engaged in rendering professional services If professional advice or other expert assistance is required the services of a competent professional should be sought

ISBN 9780470673393

A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library and the Library of Congress

Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears in print may not be available in electronic books

Cover image courtesy of Ian SmithCover design by Sophie Ford His and Hers Design

Set in 9115 pt AvenirLTStd by Toppan Best-set Premedia Limited

[1 2014]

Contents

About the Author ixPreface xNotation Index xiAbout the Companion Website xvi

ensp 1ensp ClassificationenspandenspPhysicalenspPropertiesenspofenspSoilsensp 111 Agricultural and engineering soil 112 Engineering definitions 213 Clay soils 414 Field identification of soils 515 Laboratory classification of soils 616 Activity of a clay 1417 Soil classification and description 1418 Soil properties 21Exercises 30

ensp 2ensp PermeabilityenspandenspFlowenspofenspWaterenspinenspSoilsensp 3321 Subsurface water 3322 Flow of water through soils 3523 Darcyrsquos law of saturated flow 3624 Coefficient of permeability k 3625 Determination of permeability in the laboratory 3626 Determination of permeability in the field 4027 Approximation of coefficient of permeability 4228 General differential equation of flow 4229 Potential and stream functions 44210 Flow nets 45211 Critical flow conditions 49212 Design of soil filters 51213 Capillarity and unsaturated soils 54214 Earth dams 59215 Seepage through non-uniform soil deposits 62Exercises 71

ensp 3ensp TotalenspandenspEffectiveenspStressensp 7431 State of stress in a soil mass 7432 Total stress 7533 Pore pressure 7634 Effective stress 7735 Stresses induced by applied loads 80Exercises 89

v

viemsp Contents

ensp 4ensp ShearenspStrengthenspofenspSoilsensp 9141 Friction 9142 Complex stress 9143 The Mohr circle diagram 9244 Cohesion 9645 Coulombrsquos law of soil shear strength 9646 Modified Coulombrsquos law 9847 The MohrndashCoulomb yield theory 9848 Determination of the shear strength parameters 9949 Determination of the shear strength parameters from triaxial testing 106410 The pore pressure coefficients A and B 112411 The triaxial extension test 118412 Behaviour of soils under shear 119413 Operative strengths of soils 122414 The critical state 124415 Sensitivity of clays 129416 Residual strength of soil 130Exercises 133

ensp 5ensp Eurocodeensp7ensp 13651 Introduction to the Structural Eurocodes 13652 Introduction to Eurocode 7 13853 Using Eurocode 7 basis of geotechnical design 13954 Geotechnical design by calculation 13955 Ultimate limit states 14556 The EQU limit state 14757 The GEO limit state and design approaches 15058 Serviceability limit states 15559 Geotechnical design report 155

ensp 6ensp SiteenspInvestigationensp 15661 EN 1997-22007 ndash Ground investigation and testing 15662 Planning of ground investigations 15763 Site exploration methods 16064 Soil and rock sampling 16465 Groundwater measurements 17066 Field tests in soil and rock 17267 Geotechnical reports 179

ensp 7ensp LateralenspEarthenspPressureensp 18371 Earth pressure at rest 18372 Active and passive earth pressure 18373 Rankinersquos theory granular soils active earth pressure 18574 Rankinersquos theory granular soils passive earth pressure 19075 Rankinersquos theory cohesive soils 19176 Coulombrsquos wedge theory active earth pressure 19577 Coulombrsquos wedge theory passive earth pressure 20278 Surcharges 20579 Choice of method for determination of active pressure 210710 Backfill material 210711 Influence of wall yield on design 215712 Design parameters for different soil types 216Exercises 219

Contentsemsp vii

ensp 8ensp RetainingenspStructuresensp 22181 Main types of retaining structures 22182 Gravity walls 22183 Embedded walls 22484 Failure modes of retaining structures 22585 Design of gravity retaining walls 22686 Design of sheet pile walls 23687 Braced excavations 24888 Reinforced soil 25089 Soil nailing 251Exercises 252

ensp 9ensp BearingenspCapacityenspandenspShallowenspFoundationsensp 25591 Bearing capacity terms 25592 Types of foundation 25593 Ultimate bearing capacity of a foundation 25694 Determination of the safe bearing capacity 26395 The effect of groundwater on bearing capacity 26496 Developments in bearing capacity equations 26597 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 26998 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 28499 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285Exercises 288

10ensp PileenspFoundationsensp 290101 Introduction 290102 Classification of piles 290103 Method of installation 291104 Pile load testing 294105 Determination of the bearing capacity of a pile 296106 Designing pile foundations to Eurocode 7 303107 Pile groups 311Exercises 313

11ensp FoundationenspSettlementenspandenspSoilenspCompressionensp 315111 Settlement of a foundation 315112 Immediate settlement 316113 Consolidation settlement 325114 Application of consolidation test results 335115 General consolidation 336116 Eurocode 7 serviceability limit state 343117 Isotropic consolidation 344118 Two-dimensional stress paths 346Exercises 352

12ensp RateenspofenspFoundationenspSettlementensp 355121 Analogy of consolidation settlement 355122 Distribution of the initial excess pore pressure ui 355123 Terzaghirsquos theory of consolidation 355124 Average degree of consolidation 359125 Drainage path length 359126 Determination of the coefficient of consolidation cv from the consolidation test 360127 Determination of the permeability coefficient from the consolidation test 362

viiiemsp Contents

128 Determination of the consolidation coefficient from the triaxial test 362129 The model law of consolidation 3651210 Consolidation during construction 3661211 Consolidation by drainage in two and three dimensions 3691212 Numerical determination of consolidation rates 3691213 Construction pore pressures in an earth dam 3741214 Numerical solutions for two- and three-dimensional consolidation 3761215 Sand drains 378Exercises 384

13ensp StabilityenspofenspSlopesensp 386131 Planar failures 386132 Rotational failures 390133 Slope stability design charts 408134 Wedge failure 414135 Slope stability analysis to Eurocode 7 416Exercises 421

14ensp CompactionenspandenspSoilenspMechanicsenspAspectsenspofenspHighwayenspDesignensp 432141 Field compaction of soils 432142 Laboratory compaction of soils 434143 Specification of the field compacted density 441144 Field measurement tests 442145 Highway design 446Exercises 457

References 460Index 466

About the Author

Ian Smith is Head of the School of Engineering and the Built Environment at Edinburgh Napier University He has taught Geotechnical Engineering at the university for nearly 20 years having spent some years beforehand working in the site investigation industry He is an authority on the use of Eurocode 7 in geotechnical design and has instructed designers and academics in the use of the code throughout the UK Europe and in China

ix

Preface

When I wrote the 8th Edition of this book in 2005 only Part 1 of Eurocode 7 had been published In that Edition I illustrated how geotechnical design to the new Eurocode was to be carried out and the feedback that I received indicated that readers found my approaches easy to follow Between 2007 and 2010 Part 2 of the code and both UK National Annexes to the code were published and much of the new material in this 9th Edition has been developed around the now complete set of documents

To help the reader fully understand the stages of a Eurocode 7 design I have rearranged the sequence of chapters in the book and written two new chapters around the complete design process Chapter 5 describes the design methods (aligning to Eurocode 7 Part 1) and Chapter 6 describes the ground inves-tigation aspects (aligning to Part 2) The specific design methods to be used for various geotechnical structures are described in the later chapters which cover retaining walls shallow and deep foundations and slopes The early chapters of the book cover the fundamentals of the behaviour of soils

I have provided many worked examples throughout the book that illustrate the principles of soil mechan-ics and the geotechnical design processes To help the reader further I have produced a suite of spread-sheets and documents to accompany the book that match up against many of the worked examples These can be used to better understand the analysis being adopted in the examples which are particularly beneficial to understanding the Eurocode 7 design examples In addition I have produced the solutions to the exercises at the end of the chapters as a series of portable document format (pdf) files All of these files can be freely downloaded from wwwwileycomgosmithsoil

Whilst the full content of both parts of Eurocode 7 has driven the bulk of the new material in this edition I have also updated other aspects of the text throughout This was done in recognition that some aspects of the book had become dated as a result of the introduction of new methods and standards Furthermore the format of the book has been improved to aid readability and thus help the reader in understanding the material All in all I believe that I have produced a valuable and very up-to-date textbook on soil mechanics from which the learning of the subject should be made easier

I must thank my colleagues Dr Daniel Barreto and Dr John McDougall for their advice on the revisions I have made to the sections on shear strength and unsaturated soils

x

Notation Index

The following is a list of the more important symbols used in the text

A Area pore pressure coefficientAprime Effective foundation areaAb Area of base of pileAs Area of surface of embedded length of pile shaftB Width diameter pore pressure coefficient foundation widthBprime Effective foundation widthC Cohesive force constantCa Area ratioCC Compression index soil compressibilityCN SPT Correction factorCr Static cone resistanceCs Constant of compressibilityCu Uniformity coefficientCv Void fluid compressibilityD Diameter depth factor foundation depth embedded length of pileDW Depth of groundwater tableDr Relative densityD1 D2 Cutting shoe diametersD10 Effective particle sizeE Modulus of elasticity efficiency of pile groupEd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of actionsEdstd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of destabilising actionsEstbd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of stabilising actionsEM Pressuremeter modulusEr SPT Energy ratioF Factor of safetyFb Factor of safety on pile base resistanceFcd Eurocode 7 design axial compression load on a pileFd Eurocode 7 design value of an actionFrep Eurocode 7 representative value of an actionFs Factor of safety on pile shaft resistanceGdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)Gs Particle specific gravityGstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)

primeGstb d Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (heave)GWL Groundwater levelH Thickness height horizontal loadI Index moment of inertiaID Density index

xi

xii Notation Index

IL Liquidity indexIP Plasticity indexIσ Vertical stress influence factorK Factor ratio of σ3σ1

Ka Coefficient of active earth pressureK0 Coefficient of earth pressure at restKp Coefficient of passive earth pressureKs Pile constantL LengthLprime Effective foundation lengthM Moment slope projection of critical state line mass mobilisation factorMs Mass of solidsMw Mass of waterMCV Moisture condition valueN Number stability number specific volume for ln pprime = 0 (one-dimensional consolidation)

uncorrected blow count in SPTN60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses(N1)60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses and normalised for effective

vertical overburden stressNc Nq Nγ Bearing capacity coefficientsP ForcePa Thrust due to active earth pressurePp Thrust due to passive earth pressurePw Thrust due to water or seepage forcesQ Total quantity of flow in time tQb Ultimate soil strength at pile baseQs Ultimate soil strength around pile shaftQu Ultimate load carrying capacity of pileR Radius reactionRbcal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile base resistanceRbk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile base resistanceRc Eurocode 7 compressive resistance of ground against a pile at ultimate limit stateRccal Eurocode 7 calculated value of Rc

Rcd Eurocode 7 design value of Rc

Rck Eurocode 7 characteristic value of Rc

Rcm Eurocode 7 measured value of Rc

Rd Eurocode 7 design resisting forceRo Overconsolidation ratio (one-dimensional)Rp Overconsolidation ratio (isotropic)Rscal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile shaft resistanceRsk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile shaft resistanceS Vane shear strengthSdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising seepage forceSr Degree of saturationSt SensitivityT Time factor tangential force surface tension torqueTd Eurocode 7 design value of total shearing resistance around structureU Average degree of consolidationUz Degree of consolidation at a point at depth zV Volume vertical loadVa Volume of airVdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising vertical action on a structure

Notation Index xiii

Vs Volume of solidsVv Volume of voidsVw Volume of waterW WeightWs Weight of solidsWw Weight of waterXd Eurocode 7 design value of a material propertyXk Eurocode 7 representative value of a material propertyZ Section modulus

a Area intercept of MCV calibration line with w axisb Width slope of MCV calibration linec Unit cohesioncprime Unit cohesion with respect to effective stressescb Undisturbed soil shear strength at pile baseprimecd Eurocode 7 design value of effective cohesion

cr Residual value of cohesioncu Undrained unit cohesioncu Average undrained shear strength of soilcud Eurocode 7 design value of undrained shear strengthcv Coefficient of consolidationcw Unit cohesion between wall and soild Pile penetration pile diameterdc dq dγ Depth factorse Void ratio eccentricityfs Ultimate skin friction for pilesg Gravitational accelerationh Hydrostatic head heighthc Capillary rise tension crack depthhe Equivalent height of soilhw Excess headi Hydraulic gradientic Critical hydraulic gradientic iq iγ Inclination factorsk Coefficient of permeabilityl Lengthm Stability coefficientmB mL Eurocode 7 load inclination factor parametersmv Coefficient of volume compressibilityn Porosity stability coefficientp Pressure mean pressurepa Active earth pressurepc Preconsolidation pressure (one-dimensional)

primepe Equivalent consolidation pressure (isotropic)pLM Pressuremeter limit pressurep0 Earth pressure at rest

primepm Preconsolidation pressure (isotropic)primepo Effective overburden pressure

pp Passive earth pressureq Unit quantity of flow deviator stress uniform surcharge bearing pressureqa Allowable bearing pressurequ Ultimate bearing capacity

xiv Notation Index

qu net Net ultimate bearing capacityr Radius radial distance finite difference constantru Pore pressure ratios Suction value of soil stress parametersc sq sγ Shape factorssw Corrected drawdown in pumping wellt Time stress parameteru uw Pore water pressureua Pore air pressure pore pressure due to σ3 in a saturated soilud Pore pressure due to (σ1 minus σ3) in a saturated soiludstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising total pore water pressureui Initial pore water pressurev Velocity specific volumew Water or moisture contentwL Liquid limitwP Plastic limitws Shrinkage limitx Horizontal distancey Vertical or horizontal distancez Vertical distance depthza Depth of investigation pointszo Depth of tension crackzw Depth below water table

α Angle pile adhesion factorβ Slope angleΓ Eurocode 7 over-design factor specific volume at ln Pprime = 0γ Unit weight (weight density)γprime Submerged buoyant or effective unit weight (effective weight density)γA Eurocode 7 partial factor accidental action ndash unfavourableγb Bulk unit weight (bulk weight density) Eurocode 7 partial factor pile base resistance

primeγc Eurocode 7 partial factor effective cohesionγcu Eurocode 7 partial factor undrained shear strengthγd Dry unit weight (dry weight density)γF Eurocode 7 partial factor for an actionγGdst Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash destabilisingγGstb Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash stabilisingγGfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash favourableγGunfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash unfavourableγM Eurocode 7 partial factor for a soil parameterγQ Eurocode 7 partial factor variable action ndash unfavourableγqu Eurocode 7 partial factor unconfined compressive strengthγR Eurocode 7 partial factor for a resistanceγRe Eurocode 7 partial factor earth resistanceγRh Eurocode 7 partial factor sliding resistanceγRv Eurocode 7 partial factor bearing resistanceγs Eurocode 7 partial factor pile shaft resistanceγsat Saturated unit weight (saturated weight density)γt Eurocode 7 partial factor pile total resistanceγw Unit weight of water (weight density of water)γγ Eurocode 7 partial factor weight density

primeγφ Eurocode 7 partial factor angle of shearing resistance

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 4: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

Contents

About the Author ixPreface xNotation Index xiAbout the Companion Website xvi

ensp 1ensp ClassificationenspandenspPhysicalenspPropertiesenspofenspSoilsensp 111 Agricultural and engineering soil 112 Engineering definitions 213 Clay soils 414 Field identification of soils 515 Laboratory classification of soils 616 Activity of a clay 1417 Soil classification and description 1418 Soil properties 21Exercises 30

ensp 2ensp PermeabilityenspandenspFlowenspofenspWaterenspinenspSoilsensp 3321 Subsurface water 3322 Flow of water through soils 3523 Darcyrsquos law of saturated flow 3624 Coefficient of permeability k 3625 Determination of permeability in the laboratory 3626 Determination of permeability in the field 4027 Approximation of coefficient of permeability 4228 General differential equation of flow 4229 Potential and stream functions 44210 Flow nets 45211 Critical flow conditions 49212 Design of soil filters 51213 Capillarity and unsaturated soils 54214 Earth dams 59215 Seepage through non-uniform soil deposits 62Exercises 71

ensp 3ensp TotalenspandenspEffectiveenspStressensp 7431 State of stress in a soil mass 7432 Total stress 7533 Pore pressure 7634 Effective stress 7735 Stresses induced by applied loads 80Exercises 89

v

viemsp Contents

ensp 4ensp ShearenspStrengthenspofenspSoilsensp 9141 Friction 9142 Complex stress 9143 The Mohr circle diagram 9244 Cohesion 9645 Coulombrsquos law of soil shear strength 9646 Modified Coulombrsquos law 9847 The MohrndashCoulomb yield theory 9848 Determination of the shear strength parameters 9949 Determination of the shear strength parameters from triaxial testing 106410 The pore pressure coefficients A and B 112411 The triaxial extension test 118412 Behaviour of soils under shear 119413 Operative strengths of soils 122414 The critical state 124415 Sensitivity of clays 129416 Residual strength of soil 130Exercises 133

ensp 5ensp Eurocodeensp7ensp 13651 Introduction to the Structural Eurocodes 13652 Introduction to Eurocode 7 13853 Using Eurocode 7 basis of geotechnical design 13954 Geotechnical design by calculation 13955 Ultimate limit states 14556 The EQU limit state 14757 The GEO limit state and design approaches 15058 Serviceability limit states 15559 Geotechnical design report 155

ensp 6ensp SiteenspInvestigationensp 15661 EN 1997-22007 ndash Ground investigation and testing 15662 Planning of ground investigations 15763 Site exploration methods 16064 Soil and rock sampling 16465 Groundwater measurements 17066 Field tests in soil and rock 17267 Geotechnical reports 179

ensp 7ensp LateralenspEarthenspPressureensp 18371 Earth pressure at rest 18372 Active and passive earth pressure 18373 Rankinersquos theory granular soils active earth pressure 18574 Rankinersquos theory granular soils passive earth pressure 19075 Rankinersquos theory cohesive soils 19176 Coulombrsquos wedge theory active earth pressure 19577 Coulombrsquos wedge theory passive earth pressure 20278 Surcharges 20579 Choice of method for determination of active pressure 210710 Backfill material 210711 Influence of wall yield on design 215712 Design parameters for different soil types 216Exercises 219

Contentsemsp vii

ensp 8ensp RetainingenspStructuresensp 22181 Main types of retaining structures 22182 Gravity walls 22183 Embedded walls 22484 Failure modes of retaining structures 22585 Design of gravity retaining walls 22686 Design of sheet pile walls 23687 Braced excavations 24888 Reinforced soil 25089 Soil nailing 251Exercises 252

ensp 9ensp BearingenspCapacityenspandenspShallowenspFoundationsensp 25591 Bearing capacity terms 25592 Types of foundation 25593 Ultimate bearing capacity of a foundation 25694 Determination of the safe bearing capacity 26395 The effect of groundwater on bearing capacity 26496 Developments in bearing capacity equations 26597 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 26998 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 28499 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285Exercises 288

10ensp PileenspFoundationsensp 290101 Introduction 290102 Classification of piles 290103 Method of installation 291104 Pile load testing 294105 Determination of the bearing capacity of a pile 296106 Designing pile foundations to Eurocode 7 303107 Pile groups 311Exercises 313

11ensp FoundationenspSettlementenspandenspSoilenspCompressionensp 315111 Settlement of a foundation 315112 Immediate settlement 316113 Consolidation settlement 325114 Application of consolidation test results 335115 General consolidation 336116 Eurocode 7 serviceability limit state 343117 Isotropic consolidation 344118 Two-dimensional stress paths 346Exercises 352

12ensp RateenspofenspFoundationenspSettlementensp 355121 Analogy of consolidation settlement 355122 Distribution of the initial excess pore pressure ui 355123 Terzaghirsquos theory of consolidation 355124 Average degree of consolidation 359125 Drainage path length 359126 Determination of the coefficient of consolidation cv from the consolidation test 360127 Determination of the permeability coefficient from the consolidation test 362

viiiemsp Contents

128 Determination of the consolidation coefficient from the triaxial test 362129 The model law of consolidation 3651210 Consolidation during construction 3661211 Consolidation by drainage in two and three dimensions 3691212 Numerical determination of consolidation rates 3691213 Construction pore pressures in an earth dam 3741214 Numerical solutions for two- and three-dimensional consolidation 3761215 Sand drains 378Exercises 384

13ensp StabilityenspofenspSlopesensp 386131 Planar failures 386132 Rotational failures 390133 Slope stability design charts 408134 Wedge failure 414135 Slope stability analysis to Eurocode 7 416Exercises 421

14ensp CompactionenspandenspSoilenspMechanicsenspAspectsenspofenspHighwayenspDesignensp 432141 Field compaction of soils 432142 Laboratory compaction of soils 434143 Specification of the field compacted density 441144 Field measurement tests 442145 Highway design 446Exercises 457

References 460Index 466

About the Author

Ian Smith is Head of the School of Engineering and the Built Environment at Edinburgh Napier University He has taught Geotechnical Engineering at the university for nearly 20 years having spent some years beforehand working in the site investigation industry He is an authority on the use of Eurocode 7 in geotechnical design and has instructed designers and academics in the use of the code throughout the UK Europe and in China

ix

Preface

When I wrote the 8th Edition of this book in 2005 only Part 1 of Eurocode 7 had been published In that Edition I illustrated how geotechnical design to the new Eurocode was to be carried out and the feedback that I received indicated that readers found my approaches easy to follow Between 2007 and 2010 Part 2 of the code and both UK National Annexes to the code were published and much of the new material in this 9th Edition has been developed around the now complete set of documents

To help the reader fully understand the stages of a Eurocode 7 design I have rearranged the sequence of chapters in the book and written two new chapters around the complete design process Chapter 5 describes the design methods (aligning to Eurocode 7 Part 1) and Chapter 6 describes the ground inves-tigation aspects (aligning to Part 2) The specific design methods to be used for various geotechnical structures are described in the later chapters which cover retaining walls shallow and deep foundations and slopes The early chapters of the book cover the fundamentals of the behaviour of soils

I have provided many worked examples throughout the book that illustrate the principles of soil mechan-ics and the geotechnical design processes To help the reader further I have produced a suite of spread-sheets and documents to accompany the book that match up against many of the worked examples These can be used to better understand the analysis being adopted in the examples which are particularly beneficial to understanding the Eurocode 7 design examples In addition I have produced the solutions to the exercises at the end of the chapters as a series of portable document format (pdf) files All of these files can be freely downloaded from wwwwileycomgosmithsoil

Whilst the full content of both parts of Eurocode 7 has driven the bulk of the new material in this edition I have also updated other aspects of the text throughout This was done in recognition that some aspects of the book had become dated as a result of the introduction of new methods and standards Furthermore the format of the book has been improved to aid readability and thus help the reader in understanding the material All in all I believe that I have produced a valuable and very up-to-date textbook on soil mechanics from which the learning of the subject should be made easier

I must thank my colleagues Dr Daniel Barreto and Dr John McDougall for their advice on the revisions I have made to the sections on shear strength and unsaturated soils

x

Notation Index

The following is a list of the more important symbols used in the text

A Area pore pressure coefficientAprime Effective foundation areaAb Area of base of pileAs Area of surface of embedded length of pile shaftB Width diameter pore pressure coefficient foundation widthBprime Effective foundation widthC Cohesive force constantCa Area ratioCC Compression index soil compressibilityCN SPT Correction factorCr Static cone resistanceCs Constant of compressibilityCu Uniformity coefficientCv Void fluid compressibilityD Diameter depth factor foundation depth embedded length of pileDW Depth of groundwater tableDr Relative densityD1 D2 Cutting shoe diametersD10 Effective particle sizeE Modulus of elasticity efficiency of pile groupEd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of actionsEdstd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of destabilising actionsEstbd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of stabilising actionsEM Pressuremeter modulusEr SPT Energy ratioF Factor of safetyFb Factor of safety on pile base resistanceFcd Eurocode 7 design axial compression load on a pileFd Eurocode 7 design value of an actionFrep Eurocode 7 representative value of an actionFs Factor of safety on pile shaft resistanceGdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)Gs Particle specific gravityGstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)

primeGstb d Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (heave)GWL Groundwater levelH Thickness height horizontal loadI Index moment of inertiaID Density index

xi

xii Notation Index

IL Liquidity indexIP Plasticity indexIσ Vertical stress influence factorK Factor ratio of σ3σ1

Ka Coefficient of active earth pressureK0 Coefficient of earth pressure at restKp Coefficient of passive earth pressureKs Pile constantL LengthLprime Effective foundation lengthM Moment slope projection of critical state line mass mobilisation factorMs Mass of solidsMw Mass of waterMCV Moisture condition valueN Number stability number specific volume for ln pprime = 0 (one-dimensional consolidation)

uncorrected blow count in SPTN60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses(N1)60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses and normalised for effective

vertical overburden stressNc Nq Nγ Bearing capacity coefficientsP ForcePa Thrust due to active earth pressurePp Thrust due to passive earth pressurePw Thrust due to water or seepage forcesQ Total quantity of flow in time tQb Ultimate soil strength at pile baseQs Ultimate soil strength around pile shaftQu Ultimate load carrying capacity of pileR Radius reactionRbcal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile base resistanceRbk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile base resistanceRc Eurocode 7 compressive resistance of ground against a pile at ultimate limit stateRccal Eurocode 7 calculated value of Rc

Rcd Eurocode 7 design value of Rc

Rck Eurocode 7 characteristic value of Rc

Rcm Eurocode 7 measured value of Rc

Rd Eurocode 7 design resisting forceRo Overconsolidation ratio (one-dimensional)Rp Overconsolidation ratio (isotropic)Rscal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile shaft resistanceRsk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile shaft resistanceS Vane shear strengthSdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising seepage forceSr Degree of saturationSt SensitivityT Time factor tangential force surface tension torqueTd Eurocode 7 design value of total shearing resistance around structureU Average degree of consolidationUz Degree of consolidation at a point at depth zV Volume vertical loadVa Volume of airVdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising vertical action on a structure

Notation Index xiii

Vs Volume of solidsVv Volume of voidsVw Volume of waterW WeightWs Weight of solidsWw Weight of waterXd Eurocode 7 design value of a material propertyXk Eurocode 7 representative value of a material propertyZ Section modulus

a Area intercept of MCV calibration line with w axisb Width slope of MCV calibration linec Unit cohesioncprime Unit cohesion with respect to effective stressescb Undisturbed soil shear strength at pile baseprimecd Eurocode 7 design value of effective cohesion

cr Residual value of cohesioncu Undrained unit cohesioncu Average undrained shear strength of soilcud Eurocode 7 design value of undrained shear strengthcv Coefficient of consolidationcw Unit cohesion between wall and soild Pile penetration pile diameterdc dq dγ Depth factorse Void ratio eccentricityfs Ultimate skin friction for pilesg Gravitational accelerationh Hydrostatic head heighthc Capillary rise tension crack depthhe Equivalent height of soilhw Excess headi Hydraulic gradientic Critical hydraulic gradientic iq iγ Inclination factorsk Coefficient of permeabilityl Lengthm Stability coefficientmB mL Eurocode 7 load inclination factor parametersmv Coefficient of volume compressibilityn Porosity stability coefficientp Pressure mean pressurepa Active earth pressurepc Preconsolidation pressure (one-dimensional)

primepe Equivalent consolidation pressure (isotropic)pLM Pressuremeter limit pressurep0 Earth pressure at rest

primepm Preconsolidation pressure (isotropic)primepo Effective overburden pressure

pp Passive earth pressureq Unit quantity of flow deviator stress uniform surcharge bearing pressureqa Allowable bearing pressurequ Ultimate bearing capacity

xiv Notation Index

qu net Net ultimate bearing capacityr Radius radial distance finite difference constantru Pore pressure ratios Suction value of soil stress parametersc sq sγ Shape factorssw Corrected drawdown in pumping wellt Time stress parameteru uw Pore water pressureua Pore air pressure pore pressure due to σ3 in a saturated soilud Pore pressure due to (σ1 minus σ3) in a saturated soiludstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising total pore water pressureui Initial pore water pressurev Velocity specific volumew Water or moisture contentwL Liquid limitwP Plastic limitws Shrinkage limitx Horizontal distancey Vertical or horizontal distancez Vertical distance depthza Depth of investigation pointszo Depth of tension crackzw Depth below water table

α Angle pile adhesion factorβ Slope angleΓ Eurocode 7 over-design factor specific volume at ln Pprime = 0γ Unit weight (weight density)γprime Submerged buoyant or effective unit weight (effective weight density)γA Eurocode 7 partial factor accidental action ndash unfavourableγb Bulk unit weight (bulk weight density) Eurocode 7 partial factor pile base resistance

primeγc Eurocode 7 partial factor effective cohesionγcu Eurocode 7 partial factor undrained shear strengthγd Dry unit weight (dry weight density)γF Eurocode 7 partial factor for an actionγGdst Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash destabilisingγGstb Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash stabilisingγGfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash favourableγGunfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash unfavourableγM Eurocode 7 partial factor for a soil parameterγQ Eurocode 7 partial factor variable action ndash unfavourableγqu Eurocode 7 partial factor unconfined compressive strengthγR Eurocode 7 partial factor for a resistanceγRe Eurocode 7 partial factor earth resistanceγRh Eurocode 7 partial factor sliding resistanceγRv Eurocode 7 partial factor bearing resistanceγs Eurocode 7 partial factor pile shaft resistanceγsat Saturated unit weight (saturated weight density)γt Eurocode 7 partial factor pile total resistanceγw Unit weight of water (weight density of water)γγ Eurocode 7 partial factor weight density

primeγφ Eurocode 7 partial factor angle of shearing resistance

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 5: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

viemsp Contents

ensp 4ensp ShearenspStrengthenspofenspSoilsensp 9141 Friction 9142 Complex stress 9143 The Mohr circle diagram 9244 Cohesion 9645 Coulombrsquos law of soil shear strength 9646 Modified Coulombrsquos law 9847 The MohrndashCoulomb yield theory 9848 Determination of the shear strength parameters 9949 Determination of the shear strength parameters from triaxial testing 106410 The pore pressure coefficients A and B 112411 The triaxial extension test 118412 Behaviour of soils under shear 119413 Operative strengths of soils 122414 The critical state 124415 Sensitivity of clays 129416 Residual strength of soil 130Exercises 133

ensp 5ensp Eurocodeensp7ensp 13651 Introduction to the Structural Eurocodes 13652 Introduction to Eurocode 7 13853 Using Eurocode 7 basis of geotechnical design 13954 Geotechnical design by calculation 13955 Ultimate limit states 14556 The EQU limit state 14757 The GEO limit state and design approaches 15058 Serviceability limit states 15559 Geotechnical design report 155

ensp 6ensp SiteenspInvestigationensp 15661 EN 1997-22007 ndash Ground investigation and testing 15662 Planning of ground investigations 15763 Site exploration methods 16064 Soil and rock sampling 16465 Groundwater measurements 17066 Field tests in soil and rock 17267 Geotechnical reports 179

ensp 7ensp LateralenspEarthenspPressureensp 18371 Earth pressure at rest 18372 Active and passive earth pressure 18373 Rankinersquos theory granular soils active earth pressure 18574 Rankinersquos theory granular soils passive earth pressure 19075 Rankinersquos theory cohesive soils 19176 Coulombrsquos wedge theory active earth pressure 19577 Coulombrsquos wedge theory passive earth pressure 20278 Surcharges 20579 Choice of method for determination of active pressure 210710 Backfill material 210711 Influence of wall yield on design 215712 Design parameters for different soil types 216Exercises 219

Contentsemsp vii

ensp 8ensp RetainingenspStructuresensp 22181 Main types of retaining structures 22182 Gravity walls 22183 Embedded walls 22484 Failure modes of retaining structures 22585 Design of gravity retaining walls 22686 Design of sheet pile walls 23687 Braced excavations 24888 Reinforced soil 25089 Soil nailing 251Exercises 252

ensp 9ensp BearingenspCapacityenspandenspShallowenspFoundationsensp 25591 Bearing capacity terms 25592 Types of foundation 25593 Ultimate bearing capacity of a foundation 25694 Determination of the safe bearing capacity 26395 The effect of groundwater on bearing capacity 26496 Developments in bearing capacity equations 26597 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 26998 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 28499 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285Exercises 288

10ensp PileenspFoundationsensp 290101 Introduction 290102 Classification of piles 290103 Method of installation 291104 Pile load testing 294105 Determination of the bearing capacity of a pile 296106 Designing pile foundations to Eurocode 7 303107 Pile groups 311Exercises 313

11ensp FoundationenspSettlementenspandenspSoilenspCompressionensp 315111 Settlement of a foundation 315112 Immediate settlement 316113 Consolidation settlement 325114 Application of consolidation test results 335115 General consolidation 336116 Eurocode 7 serviceability limit state 343117 Isotropic consolidation 344118 Two-dimensional stress paths 346Exercises 352

12ensp RateenspofenspFoundationenspSettlementensp 355121 Analogy of consolidation settlement 355122 Distribution of the initial excess pore pressure ui 355123 Terzaghirsquos theory of consolidation 355124 Average degree of consolidation 359125 Drainage path length 359126 Determination of the coefficient of consolidation cv from the consolidation test 360127 Determination of the permeability coefficient from the consolidation test 362

viiiemsp Contents

128 Determination of the consolidation coefficient from the triaxial test 362129 The model law of consolidation 3651210 Consolidation during construction 3661211 Consolidation by drainage in two and three dimensions 3691212 Numerical determination of consolidation rates 3691213 Construction pore pressures in an earth dam 3741214 Numerical solutions for two- and three-dimensional consolidation 3761215 Sand drains 378Exercises 384

13ensp StabilityenspofenspSlopesensp 386131 Planar failures 386132 Rotational failures 390133 Slope stability design charts 408134 Wedge failure 414135 Slope stability analysis to Eurocode 7 416Exercises 421

14ensp CompactionenspandenspSoilenspMechanicsenspAspectsenspofenspHighwayenspDesignensp 432141 Field compaction of soils 432142 Laboratory compaction of soils 434143 Specification of the field compacted density 441144 Field measurement tests 442145 Highway design 446Exercises 457

References 460Index 466

About the Author

Ian Smith is Head of the School of Engineering and the Built Environment at Edinburgh Napier University He has taught Geotechnical Engineering at the university for nearly 20 years having spent some years beforehand working in the site investigation industry He is an authority on the use of Eurocode 7 in geotechnical design and has instructed designers and academics in the use of the code throughout the UK Europe and in China

ix

Preface

When I wrote the 8th Edition of this book in 2005 only Part 1 of Eurocode 7 had been published In that Edition I illustrated how geotechnical design to the new Eurocode was to be carried out and the feedback that I received indicated that readers found my approaches easy to follow Between 2007 and 2010 Part 2 of the code and both UK National Annexes to the code were published and much of the new material in this 9th Edition has been developed around the now complete set of documents

To help the reader fully understand the stages of a Eurocode 7 design I have rearranged the sequence of chapters in the book and written two new chapters around the complete design process Chapter 5 describes the design methods (aligning to Eurocode 7 Part 1) and Chapter 6 describes the ground inves-tigation aspects (aligning to Part 2) The specific design methods to be used for various geotechnical structures are described in the later chapters which cover retaining walls shallow and deep foundations and slopes The early chapters of the book cover the fundamentals of the behaviour of soils

I have provided many worked examples throughout the book that illustrate the principles of soil mechan-ics and the geotechnical design processes To help the reader further I have produced a suite of spread-sheets and documents to accompany the book that match up against many of the worked examples These can be used to better understand the analysis being adopted in the examples which are particularly beneficial to understanding the Eurocode 7 design examples In addition I have produced the solutions to the exercises at the end of the chapters as a series of portable document format (pdf) files All of these files can be freely downloaded from wwwwileycomgosmithsoil

Whilst the full content of both parts of Eurocode 7 has driven the bulk of the new material in this edition I have also updated other aspects of the text throughout This was done in recognition that some aspects of the book had become dated as a result of the introduction of new methods and standards Furthermore the format of the book has been improved to aid readability and thus help the reader in understanding the material All in all I believe that I have produced a valuable and very up-to-date textbook on soil mechanics from which the learning of the subject should be made easier

I must thank my colleagues Dr Daniel Barreto and Dr John McDougall for their advice on the revisions I have made to the sections on shear strength and unsaturated soils

x

Notation Index

The following is a list of the more important symbols used in the text

A Area pore pressure coefficientAprime Effective foundation areaAb Area of base of pileAs Area of surface of embedded length of pile shaftB Width diameter pore pressure coefficient foundation widthBprime Effective foundation widthC Cohesive force constantCa Area ratioCC Compression index soil compressibilityCN SPT Correction factorCr Static cone resistanceCs Constant of compressibilityCu Uniformity coefficientCv Void fluid compressibilityD Diameter depth factor foundation depth embedded length of pileDW Depth of groundwater tableDr Relative densityD1 D2 Cutting shoe diametersD10 Effective particle sizeE Modulus of elasticity efficiency of pile groupEd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of actionsEdstd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of destabilising actionsEstbd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of stabilising actionsEM Pressuremeter modulusEr SPT Energy ratioF Factor of safetyFb Factor of safety on pile base resistanceFcd Eurocode 7 design axial compression load on a pileFd Eurocode 7 design value of an actionFrep Eurocode 7 representative value of an actionFs Factor of safety on pile shaft resistanceGdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)Gs Particle specific gravityGstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)

primeGstb d Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (heave)GWL Groundwater levelH Thickness height horizontal loadI Index moment of inertiaID Density index

xi

xii Notation Index

IL Liquidity indexIP Plasticity indexIσ Vertical stress influence factorK Factor ratio of σ3σ1

Ka Coefficient of active earth pressureK0 Coefficient of earth pressure at restKp Coefficient of passive earth pressureKs Pile constantL LengthLprime Effective foundation lengthM Moment slope projection of critical state line mass mobilisation factorMs Mass of solidsMw Mass of waterMCV Moisture condition valueN Number stability number specific volume for ln pprime = 0 (one-dimensional consolidation)

uncorrected blow count in SPTN60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses(N1)60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses and normalised for effective

vertical overburden stressNc Nq Nγ Bearing capacity coefficientsP ForcePa Thrust due to active earth pressurePp Thrust due to passive earth pressurePw Thrust due to water or seepage forcesQ Total quantity of flow in time tQb Ultimate soil strength at pile baseQs Ultimate soil strength around pile shaftQu Ultimate load carrying capacity of pileR Radius reactionRbcal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile base resistanceRbk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile base resistanceRc Eurocode 7 compressive resistance of ground against a pile at ultimate limit stateRccal Eurocode 7 calculated value of Rc

Rcd Eurocode 7 design value of Rc

Rck Eurocode 7 characteristic value of Rc

Rcm Eurocode 7 measured value of Rc

Rd Eurocode 7 design resisting forceRo Overconsolidation ratio (one-dimensional)Rp Overconsolidation ratio (isotropic)Rscal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile shaft resistanceRsk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile shaft resistanceS Vane shear strengthSdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising seepage forceSr Degree of saturationSt SensitivityT Time factor tangential force surface tension torqueTd Eurocode 7 design value of total shearing resistance around structureU Average degree of consolidationUz Degree of consolidation at a point at depth zV Volume vertical loadVa Volume of airVdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising vertical action on a structure

Notation Index xiii

Vs Volume of solidsVv Volume of voidsVw Volume of waterW WeightWs Weight of solidsWw Weight of waterXd Eurocode 7 design value of a material propertyXk Eurocode 7 representative value of a material propertyZ Section modulus

a Area intercept of MCV calibration line with w axisb Width slope of MCV calibration linec Unit cohesioncprime Unit cohesion with respect to effective stressescb Undisturbed soil shear strength at pile baseprimecd Eurocode 7 design value of effective cohesion

cr Residual value of cohesioncu Undrained unit cohesioncu Average undrained shear strength of soilcud Eurocode 7 design value of undrained shear strengthcv Coefficient of consolidationcw Unit cohesion between wall and soild Pile penetration pile diameterdc dq dγ Depth factorse Void ratio eccentricityfs Ultimate skin friction for pilesg Gravitational accelerationh Hydrostatic head heighthc Capillary rise tension crack depthhe Equivalent height of soilhw Excess headi Hydraulic gradientic Critical hydraulic gradientic iq iγ Inclination factorsk Coefficient of permeabilityl Lengthm Stability coefficientmB mL Eurocode 7 load inclination factor parametersmv Coefficient of volume compressibilityn Porosity stability coefficientp Pressure mean pressurepa Active earth pressurepc Preconsolidation pressure (one-dimensional)

primepe Equivalent consolidation pressure (isotropic)pLM Pressuremeter limit pressurep0 Earth pressure at rest

primepm Preconsolidation pressure (isotropic)primepo Effective overburden pressure

pp Passive earth pressureq Unit quantity of flow deviator stress uniform surcharge bearing pressureqa Allowable bearing pressurequ Ultimate bearing capacity

xiv Notation Index

qu net Net ultimate bearing capacityr Radius radial distance finite difference constantru Pore pressure ratios Suction value of soil stress parametersc sq sγ Shape factorssw Corrected drawdown in pumping wellt Time stress parameteru uw Pore water pressureua Pore air pressure pore pressure due to σ3 in a saturated soilud Pore pressure due to (σ1 minus σ3) in a saturated soiludstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising total pore water pressureui Initial pore water pressurev Velocity specific volumew Water or moisture contentwL Liquid limitwP Plastic limitws Shrinkage limitx Horizontal distancey Vertical or horizontal distancez Vertical distance depthza Depth of investigation pointszo Depth of tension crackzw Depth below water table

α Angle pile adhesion factorβ Slope angleΓ Eurocode 7 over-design factor specific volume at ln Pprime = 0γ Unit weight (weight density)γprime Submerged buoyant or effective unit weight (effective weight density)γA Eurocode 7 partial factor accidental action ndash unfavourableγb Bulk unit weight (bulk weight density) Eurocode 7 partial factor pile base resistance

primeγc Eurocode 7 partial factor effective cohesionγcu Eurocode 7 partial factor undrained shear strengthγd Dry unit weight (dry weight density)γF Eurocode 7 partial factor for an actionγGdst Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash destabilisingγGstb Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash stabilisingγGfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash favourableγGunfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash unfavourableγM Eurocode 7 partial factor for a soil parameterγQ Eurocode 7 partial factor variable action ndash unfavourableγqu Eurocode 7 partial factor unconfined compressive strengthγR Eurocode 7 partial factor for a resistanceγRe Eurocode 7 partial factor earth resistanceγRh Eurocode 7 partial factor sliding resistanceγRv Eurocode 7 partial factor bearing resistanceγs Eurocode 7 partial factor pile shaft resistanceγsat Saturated unit weight (saturated weight density)γt Eurocode 7 partial factor pile total resistanceγw Unit weight of water (weight density of water)γγ Eurocode 7 partial factor weight density

primeγφ Eurocode 7 partial factor angle of shearing resistance

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 6: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

Contentsemsp vii

ensp 8ensp RetainingenspStructuresensp 22181 Main types of retaining structures 22182 Gravity walls 22183 Embedded walls 22484 Failure modes of retaining structures 22585 Design of gravity retaining walls 22686 Design of sheet pile walls 23687 Braced excavations 24888 Reinforced soil 25089 Soil nailing 251Exercises 252

ensp 9ensp BearingenspCapacityenspandenspShallowenspFoundationsensp 25591 Bearing capacity terms 25592 Types of foundation 25593 Ultimate bearing capacity of a foundation 25694 Determination of the safe bearing capacity 26395 The effect of groundwater on bearing capacity 26496 Developments in bearing capacity equations 26597 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 26998 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 28499 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285Exercises 288

10ensp PileenspFoundationsensp 290101 Introduction 290102 Classification of piles 290103 Method of installation 291104 Pile load testing 294105 Determination of the bearing capacity of a pile 296106 Designing pile foundations to Eurocode 7 303107 Pile groups 311Exercises 313

11ensp FoundationenspSettlementenspandenspSoilenspCompressionensp 315111 Settlement of a foundation 315112 Immediate settlement 316113 Consolidation settlement 325114 Application of consolidation test results 335115 General consolidation 336116 Eurocode 7 serviceability limit state 343117 Isotropic consolidation 344118 Two-dimensional stress paths 346Exercises 352

12ensp RateenspofenspFoundationenspSettlementensp 355121 Analogy of consolidation settlement 355122 Distribution of the initial excess pore pressure ui 355123 Terzaghirsquos theory of consolidation 355124 Average degree of consolidation 359125 Drainage path length 359126 Determination of the coefficient of consolidation cv from the consolidation test 360127 Determination of the permeability coefficient from the consolidation test 362

viiiemsp Contents

128 Determination of the consolidation coefficient from the triaxial test 362129 The model law of consolidation 3651210 Consolidation during construction 3661211 Consolidation by drainage in two and three dimensions 3691212 Numerical determination of consolidation rates 3691213 Construction pore pressures in an earth dam 3741214 Numerical solutions for two- and three-dimensional consolidation 3761215 Sand drains 378Exercises 384

13ensp StabilityenspofenspSlopesensp 386131 Planar failures 386132 Rotational failures 390133 Slope stability design charts 408134 Wedge failure 414135 Slope stability analysis to Eurocode 7 416Exercises 421

14ensp CompactionenspandenspSoilenspMechanicsenspAspectsenspofenspHighwayenspDesignensp 432141 Field compaction of soils 432142 Laboratory compaction of soils 434143 Specification of the field compacted density 441144 Field measurement tests 442145 Highway design 446Exercises 457

References 460Index 466

About the Author

Ian Smith is Head of the School of Engineering and the Built Environment at Edinburgh Napier University He has taught Geotechnical Engineering at the university for nearly 20 years having spent some years beforehand working in the site investigation industry He is an authority on the use of Eurocode 7 in geotechnical design and has instructed designers and academics in the use of the code throughout the UK Europe and in China

ix

Preface

When I wrote the 8th Edition of this book in 2005 only Part 1 of Eurocode 7 had been published In that Edition I illustrated how geotechnical design to the new Eurocode was to be carried out and the feedback that I received indicated that readers found my approaches easy to follow Between 2007 and 2010 Part 2 of the code and both UK National Annexes to the code were published and much of the new material in this 9th Edition has been developed around the now complete set of documents

To help the reader fully understand the stages of a Eurocode 7 design I have rearranged the sequence of chapters in the book and written two new chapters around the complete design process Chapter 5 describes the design methods (aligning to Eurocode 7 Part 1) and Chapter 6 describes the ground inves-tigation aspects (aligning to Part 2) The specific design methods to be used for various geotechnical structures are described in the later chapters which cover retaining walls shallow and deep foundations and slopes The early chapters of the book cover the fundamentals of the behaviour of soils

I have provided many worked examples throughout the book that illustrate the principles of soil mechan-ics and the geotechnical design processes To help the reader further I have produced a suite of spread-sheets and documents to accompany the book that match up against many of the worked examples These can be used to better understand the analysis being adopted in the examples which are particularly beneficial to understanding the Eurocode 7 design examples In addition I have produced the solutions to the exercises at the end of the chapters as a series of portable document format (pdf) files All of these files can be freely downloaded from wwwwileycomgosmithsoil

Whilst the full content of both parts of Eurocode 7 has driven the bulk of the new material in this edition I have also updated other aspects of the text throughout This was done in recognition that some aspects of the book had become dated as a result of the introduction of new methods and standards Furthermore the format of the book has been improved to aid readability and thus help the reader in understanding the material All in all I believe that I have produced a valuable and very up-to-date textbook on soil mechanics from which the learning of the subject should be made easier

I must thank my colleagues Dr Daniel Barreto and Dr John McDougall for their advice on the revisions I have made to the sections on shear strength and unsaturated soils

x

Notation Index

The following is a list of the more important symbols used in the text

A Area pore pressure coefficientAprime Effective foundation areaAb Area of base of pileAs Area of surface of embedded length of pile shaftB Width diameter pore pressure coefficient foundation widthBprime Effective foundation widthC Cohesive force constantCa Area ratioCC Compression index soil compressibilityCN SPT Correction factorCr Static cone resistanceCs Constant of compressibilityCu Uniformity coefficientCv Void fluid compressibilityD Diameter depth factor foundation depth embedded length of pileDW Depth of groundwater tableDr Relative densityD1 D2 Cutting shoe diametersD10 Effective particle sizeE Modulus of elasticity efficiency of pile groupEd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of actionsEdstd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of destabilising actionsEstbd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of stabilising actionsEM Pressuremeter modulusEr SPT Energy ratioF Factor of safetyFb Factor of safety on pile base resistanceFcd Eurocode 7 design axial compression load on a pileFd Eurocode 7 design value of an actionFrep Eurocode 7 representative value of an actionFs Factor of safety on pile shaft resistanceGdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)Gs Particle specific gravityGstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)

primeGstb d Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (heave)GWL Groundwater levelH Thickness height horizontal loadI Index moment of inertiaID Density index

xi

xii Notation Index

IL Liquidity indexIP Plasticity indexIσ Vertical stress influence factorK Factor ratio of σ3σ1

Ka Coefficient of active earth pressureK0 Coefficient of earth pressure at restKp Coefficient of passive earth pressureKs Pile constantL LengthLprime Effective foundation lengthM Moment slope projection of critical state line mass mobilisation factorMs Mass of solidsMw Mass of waterMCV Moisture condition valueN Number stability number specific volume for ln pprime = 0 (one-dimensional consolidation)

uncorrected blow count in SPTN60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses(N1)60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses and normalised for effective

vertical overburden stressNc Nq Nγ Bearing capacity coefficientsP ForcePa Thrust due to active earth pressurePp Thrust due to passive earth pressurePw Thrust due to water or seepage forcesQ Total quantity of flow in time tQb Ultimate soil strength at pile baseQs Ultimate soil strength around pile shaftQu Ultimate load carrying capacity of pileR Radius reactionRbcal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile base resistanceRbk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile base resistanceRc Eurocode 7 compressive resistance of ground against a pile at ultimate limit stateRccal Eurocode 7 calculated value of Rc

Rcd Eurocode 7 design value of Rc

Rck Eurocode 7 characteristic value of Rc

Rcm Eurocode 7 measured value of Rc

Rd Eurocode 7 design resisting forceRo Overconsolidation ratio (one-dimensional)Rp Overconsolidation ratio (isotropic)Rscal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile shaft resistanceRsk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile shaft resistanceS Vane shear strengthSdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising seepage forceSr Degree of saturationSt SensitivityT Time factor tangential force surface tension torqueTd Eurocode 7 design value of total shearing resistance around structureU Average degree of consolidationUz Degree of consolidation at a point at depth zV Volume vertical loadVa Volume of airVdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising vertical action on a structure

Notation Index xiii

Vs Volume of solidsVv Volume of voidsVw Volume of waterW WeightWs Weight of solidsWw Weight of waterXd Eurocode 7 design value of a material propertyXk Eurocode 7 representative value of a material propertyZ Section modulus

a Area intercept of MCV calibration line with w axisb Width slope of MCV calibration linec Unit cohesioncprime Unit cohesion with respect to effective stressescb Undisturbed soil shear strength at pile baseprimecd Eurocode 7 design value of effective cohesion

cr Residual value of cohesioncu Undrained unit cohesioncu Average undrained shear strength of soilcud Eurocode 7 design value of undrained shear strengthcv Coefficient of consolidationcw Unit cohesion between wall and soild Pile penetration pile diameterdc dq dγ Depth factorse Void ratio eccentricityfs Ultimate skin friction for pilesg Gravitational accelerationh Hydrostatic head heighthc Capillary rise tension crack depthhe Equivalent height of soilhw Excess headi Hydraulic gradientic Critical hydraulic gradientic iq iγ Inclination factorsk Coefficient of permeabilityl Lengthm Stability coefficientmB mL Eurocode 7 load inclination factor parametersmv Coefficient of volume compressibilityn Porosity stability coefficientp Pressure mean pressurepa Active earth pressurepc Preconsolidation pressure (one-dimensional)

primepe Equivalent consolidation pressure (isotropic)pLM Pressuremeter limit pressurep0 Earth pressure at rest

primepm Preconsolidation pressure (isotropic)primepo Effective overburden pressure

pp Passive earth pressureq Unit quantity of flow deviator stress uniform surcharge bearing pressureqa Allowable bearing pressurequ Ultimate bearing capacity

xiv Notation Index

qu net Net ultimate bearing capacityr Radius radial distance finite difference constantru Pore pressure ratios Suction value of soil stress parametersc sq sγ Shape factorssw Corrected drawdown in pumping wellt Time stress parameteru uw Pore water pressureua Pore air pressure pore pressure due to σ3 in a saturated soilud Pore pressure due to (σ1 minus σ3) in a saturated soiludstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising total pore water pressureui Initial pore water pressurev Velocity specific volumew Water or moisture contentwL Liquid limitwP Plastic limitws Shrinkage limitx Horizontal distancey Vertical or horizontal distancez Vertical distance depthza Depth of investigation pointszo Depth of tension crackzw Depth below water table

α Angle pile adhesion factorβ Slope angleΓ Eurocode 7 over-design factor specific volume at ln Pprime = 0γ Unit weight (weight density)γprime Submerged buoyant or effective unit weight (effective weight density)γA Eurocode 7 partial factor accidental action ndash unfavourableγb Bulk unit weight (bulk weight density) Eurocode 7 partial factor pile base resistance

primeγc Eurocode 7 partial factor effective cohesionγcu Eurocode 7 partial factor undrained shear strengthγd Dry unit weight (dry weight density)γF Eurocode 7 partial factor for an actionγGdst Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash destabilisingγGstb Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash stabilisingγGfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash favourableγGunfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash unfavourableγM Eurocode 7 partial factor for a soil parameterγQ Eurocode 7 partial factor variable action ndash unfavourableγqu Eurocode 7 partial factor unconfined compressive strengthγR Eurocode 7 partial factor for a resistanceγRe Eurocode 7 partial factor earth resistanceγRh Eurocode 7 partial factor sliding resistanceγRv Eurocode 7 partial factor bearing resistanceγs Eurocode 7 partial factor pile shaft resistanceγsat Saturated unit weight (saturated weight density)γt Eurocode 7 partial factor pile total resistanceγw Unit weight of water (weight density of water)γγ Eurocode 7 partial factor weight density

primeγφ Eurocode 7 partial factor angle of shearing resistance

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 7: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

viiiemsp Contents

128 Determination of the consolidation coefficient from the triaxial test 362129 The model law of consolidation 3651210 Consolidation during construction 3661211 Consolidation by drainage in two and three dimensions 3691212 Numerical determination of consolidation rates 3691213 Construction pore pressures in an earth dam 3741214 Numerical solutions for two- and three-dimensional consolidation 3761215 Sand drains 378Exercises 384

13ensp StabilityenspofenspSlopesensp 386131 Planar failures 386132 Rotational failures 390133 Slope stability design charts 408134 Wedge failure 414135 Slope stability analysis to Eurocode 7 416Exercises 421

14ensp CompactionenspandenspSoilenspMechanicsenspAspectsenspofenspHighwayenspDesignensp 432141 Field compaction of soils 432142 Laboratory compaction of soils 434143 Specification of the field compacted density 441144 Field measurement tests 442145 Highway design 446Exercises 457

References 460Index 466

About the Author

Ian Smith is Head of the School of Engineering and the Built Environment at Edinburgh Napier University He has taught Geotechnical Engineering at the university for nearly 20 years having spent some years beforehand working in the site investigation industry He is an authority on the use of Eurocode 7 in geotechnical design and has instructed designers and academics in the use of the code throughout the UK Europe and in China

ix

Preface

When I wrote the 8th Edition of this book in 2005 only Part 1 of Eurocode 7 had been published In that Edition I illustrated how geotechnical design to the new Eurocode was to be carried out and the feedback that I received indicated that readers found my approaches easy to follow Between 2007 and 2010 Part 2 of the code and both UK National Annexes to the code were published and much of the new material in this 9th Edition has been developed around the now complete set of documents

To help the reader fully understand the stages of a Eurocode 7 design I have rearranged the sequence of chapters in the book and written two new chapters around the complete design process Chapter 5 describes the design methods (aligning to Eurocode 7 Part 1) and Chapter 6 describes the ground inves-tigation aspects (aligning to Part 2) The specific design methods to be used for various geotechnical structures are described in the later chapters which cover retaining walls shallow and deep foundations and slopes The early chapters of the book cover the fundamentals of the behaviour of soils

I have provided many worked examples throughout the book that illustrate the principles of soil mechan-ics and the geotechnical design processes To help the reader further I have produced a suite of spread-sheets and documents to accompany the book that match up against many of the worked examples These can be used to better understand the analysis being adopted in the examples which are particularly beneficial to understanding the Eurocode 7 design examples In addition I have produced the solutions to the exercises at the end of the chapters as a series of portable document format (pdf) files All of these files can be freely downloaded from wwwwileycomgosmithsoil

Whilst the full content of both parts of Eurocode 7 has driven the bulk of the new material in this edition I have also updated other aspects of the text throughout This was done in recognition that some aspects of the book had become dated as a result of the introduction of new methods and standards Furthermore the format of the book has been improved to aid readability and thus help the reader in understanding the material All in all I believe that I have produced a valuable and very up-to-date textbook on soil mechanics from which the learning of the subject should be made easier

I must thank my colleagues Dr Daniel Barreto and Dr John McDougall for their advice on the revisions I have made to the sections on shear strength and unsaturated soils

x

Notation Index

The following is a list of the more important symbols used in the text

A Area pore pressure coefficientAprime Effective foundation areaAb Area of base of pileAs Area of surface of embedded length of pile shaftB Width diameter pore pressure coefficient foundation widthBprime Effective foundation widthC Cohesive force constantCa Area ratioCC Compression index soil compressibilityCN SPT Correction factorCr Static cone resistanceCs Constant of compressibilityCu Uniformity coefficientCv Void fluid compressibilityD Diameter depth factor foundation depth embedded length of pileDW Depth of groundwater tableDr Relative densityD1 D2 Cutting shoe diametersD10 Effective particle sizeE Modulus of elasticity efficiency of pile groupEd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of actionsEdstd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of destabilising actionsEstbd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of stabilising actionsEM Pressuremeter modulusEr SPT Energy ratioF Factor of safetyFb Factor of safety on pile base resistanceFcd Eurocode 7 design axial compression load on a pileFd Eurocode 7 design value of an actionFrep Eurocode 7 representative value of an actionFs Factor of safety on pile shaft resistanceGdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)Gs Particle specific gravityGstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)

primeGstb d Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (heave)GWL Groundwater levelH Thickness height horizontal loadI Index moment of inertiaID Density index

xi

xii Notation Index

IL Liquidity indexIP Plasticity indexIσ Vertical stress influence factorK Factor ratio of σ3σ1

Ka Coefficient of active earth pressureK0 Coefficient of earth pressure at restKp Coefficient of passive earth pressureKs Pile constantL LengthLprime Effective foundation lengthM Moment slope projection of critical state line mass mobilisation factorMs Mass of solidsMw Mass of waterMCV Moisture condition valueN Number stability number specific volume for ln pprime = 0 (one-dimensional consolidation)

uncorrected blow count in SPTN60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses(N1)60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses and normalised for effective

vertical overburden stressNc Nq Nγ Bearing capacity coefficientsP ForcePa Thrust due to active earth pressurePp Thrust due to passive earth pressurePw Thrust due to water or seepage forcesQ Total quantity of flow in time tQb Ultimate soil strength at pile baseQs Ultimate soil strength around pile shaftQu Ultimate load carrying capacity of pileR Radius reactionRbcal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile base resistanceRbk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile base resistanceRc Eurocode 7 compressive resistance of ground against a pile at ultimate limit stateRccal Eurocode 7 calculated value of Rc

Rcd Eurocode 7 design value of Rc

Rck Eurocode 7 characteristic value of Rc

Rcm Eurocode 7 measured value of Rc

Rd Eurocode 7 design resisting forceRo Overconsolidation ratio (one-dimensional)Rp Overconsolidation ratio (isotropic)Rscal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile shaft resistanceRsk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile shaft resistanceS Vane shear strengthSdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising seepage forceSr Degree of saturationSt SensitivityT Time factor tangential force surface tension torqueTd Eurocode 7 design value of total shearing resistance around structureU Average degree of consolidationUz Degree of consolidation at a point at depth zV Volume vertical loadVa Volume of airVdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising vertical action on a structure

Notation Index xiii

Vs Volume of solidsVv Volume of voidsVw Volume of waterW WeightWs Weight of solidsWw Weight of waterXd Eurocode 7 design value of a material propertyXk Eurocode 7 representative value of a material propertyZ Section modulus

a Area intercept of MCV calibration line with w axisb Width slope of MCV calibration linec Unit cohesioncprime Unit cohesion with respect to effective stressescb Undisturbed soil shear strength at pile baseprimecd Eurocode 7 design value of effective cohesion

cr Residual value of cohesioncu Undrained unit cohesioncu Average undrained shear strength of soilcud Eurocode 7 design value of undrained shear strengthcv Coefficient of consolidationcw Unit cohesion between wall and soild Pile penetration pile diameterdc dq dγ Depth factorse Void ratio eccentricityfs Ultimate skin friction for pilesg Gravitational accelerationh Hydrostatic head heighthc Capillary rise tension crack depthhe Equivalent height of soilhw Excess headi Hydraulic gradientic Critical hydraulic gradientic iq iγ Inclination factorsk Coefficient of permeabilityl Lengthm Stability coefficientmB mL Eurocode 7 load inclination factor parametersmv Coefficient of volume compressibilityn Porosity stability coefficientp Pressure mean pressurepa Active earth pressurepc Preconsolidation pressure (one-dimensional)

primepe Equivalent consolidation pressure (isotropic)pLM Pressuremeter limit pressurep0 Earth pressure at rest

primepm Preconsolidation pressure (isotropic)primepo Effective overburden pressure

pp Passive earth pressureq Unit quantity of flow deviator stress uniform surcharge bearing pressureqa Allowable bearing pressurequ Ultimate bearing capacity

xiv Notation Index

qu net Net ultimate bearing capacityr Radius radial distance finite difference constantru Pore pressure ratios Suction value of soil stress parametersc sq sγ Shape factorssw Corrected drawdown in pumping wellt Time stress parameteru uw Pore water pressureua Pore air pressure pore pressure due to σ3 in a saturated soilud Pore pressure due to (σ1 minus σ3) in a saturated soiludstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising total pore water pressureui Initial pore water pressurev Velocity specific volumew Water or moisture contentwL Liquid limitwP Plastic limitws Shrinkage limitx Horizontal distancey Vertical or horizontal distancez Vertical distance depthza Depth of investigation pointszo Depth of tension crackzw Depth below water table

α Angle pile adhesion factorβ Slope angleΓ Eurocode 7 over-design factor specific volume at ln Pprime = 0γ Unit weight (weight density)γprime Submerged buoyant or effective unit weight (effective weight density)γA Eurocode 7 partial factor accidental action ndash unfavourableγb Bulk unit weight (bulk weight density) Eurocode 7 partial factor pile base resistance

primeγc Eurocode 7 partial factor effective cohesionγcu Eurocode 7 partial factor undrained shear strengthγd Dry unit weight (dry weight density)γF Eurocode 7 partial factor for an actionγGdst Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash destabilisingγGstb Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash stabilisingγGfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash favourableγGunfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash unfavourableγM Eurocode 7 partial factor for a soil parameterγQ Eurocode 7 partial factor variable action ndash unfavourableγqu Eurocode 7 partial factor unconfined compressive strengthγR Eurocode 7 partial factor for a resistanceγRe Eurocode 7 partial factor earth resistanceγRh Eurocode 7 partial factor sliding resistanceγRv Eurocode 7 partial factor bearing resistanceγs Eurocode 7 partial factor pile shaft resistanceγsat Saturated unit weight (saturated weight density)γt Eurocode 7 partial factor pile total resistanceγw Unit weight of water (weight density of water)γγ Eurocode 7 partial factor weight density

primeγφ Eurocode 7 partial factor angle of shearing resistance

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 8: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

About the Author

Ian Smith is Head of the School of Engineering and the Built Environment at Edinburgh Napier University He has taught Geotechnical Engineering at the university for nearly 20 years having spent some years beforehand working in the site investigation industry He is an authority on the use of Eurocode 7 in geotechnical design and has instructed designers and academics in the use of the code throughout the UK Europe and in China

ix

Preface

When I wrote the 8th Edition of this book in 2005 only Part 1 of Eurocode 7 had been published In that Edition I illustrated how geotechnical design to the new Eurocode was to be carried out and the feedback that I received indicated that readers found my approaches easy to follow Between 2007 and 2010 Part 2 of the code and both UK National Annexes to the code were published and much of the new material in this 9th Edition has been developed around the now complete set of documents

To help the reader fully understand the stages of a Eurocode 7 design I have rearranged the sequence of chapters in the book and written two new chapters around the complete design process Chapter 5 describes the design methods (aligning to Eurocode 7 Part 1) and Chapter 6 describes the ground inves-tigation aspects (aligning to Part 2) The specific design methods to be used for various geotechnical structures are described in the later chapters which cover retaining walls shallow and deep foundations and slopes The early chapters of the book cover the fundamentals of the behaviour of soils

I have provided many worked examples throughout the book that illustrate the principles of soil mechan-ics and the geotechnical design processes To help the reader further I have produced a suite of spread-sheets and documents to accompany the book that match up against many of the worked examples These can be used to better understand the analysis being adopted in the examples which are particularly beneficial to understanding the Eurocode 7 design examples In addition I have produced the solutions to the exercises at the end of the chapters as a series of portable document format (pdf) files All of these files can be freely downloaded from wwwwileycomgosmithsoil

Whilst the full content of both parts of Eurocode 7 has driven the bulk of the new material in this edition I have also updated other aspects of the text throughout This was done in recognition that some aspects of the book had become dated as a result of the introduction of new methods and standards Furthermore the format of the book has been improved to aid readability and thus help the reader in understanding the material All in all I believe that I have produced a valuable and very up-to-date textbook on soil mechanics from which the learning of the subject should be made easier

I must thank my colleagues Dr Daniel Barreto and Dr John McDougall for their advice on the revisions I have made to the sections on shear strength and unsaturated soils

x

Notation Index

The following is a list of the more important symbols used in the text

A Area pore pressure coefficientAprime Effective foundation areaAb Area of base of pileAs Area of surface of embedded length of pile shaftB Width diameter pore pressure coefficient foundation widthBprime Effective foundation widthC Cohesive force constantCa Area ratioCC Compression index soil compressibilityCN SPT Correction factorCr Static cone resistanceCs Constant of compressibilityCu Uniformity coefficientCv Void fluid compressibilityD Diameter depth factor foundation depth embedded length of pileDW Depth of groundwater tableDr Relative densityD1 D2 Cutting shoe diametersD10 Effective particle sizeE Modulus of elasticity efficiency of pile groupEd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of actionsEdstd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of destabilising actionsEstbd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of stabilising actionsEM Pressuremeter modulusEr SPT Energy ratioF Factor of safetyFb Factor of safety on pile base resistanceFcd Eurocode 7 design axial compression load on a pileFd Eurocode 7 design value of an actionFrep Eurocode 7 representative value of an actionFs Factor of safety on pile shaft resistanceGdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)Gs Particle specific gravityGstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)

primeGstb d Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (heave)GWL Groundwater levelH Thickness height horizontal loadI Index moment of inertiaID Density index

xi

xii Notation Index

IL Liquidity indexIP Plasticity indexIσ Vertical stress influence factorK Factor ratio of σ3σ1

Ka Coefficient of active earth pressureK0 Coefficient of earth pressure at restKp Coefficient of passive earth pressureKs Pile constantL LengthLprime Effective foundation lengthM Moment slope projection of critical state line mass mobilisation factorMs Mass of solidsMw Mass of waterMCV Moisture condition valueN Number stability number specific volume for ln pprime = 0 (one-dimensional consolidation)

uncorrected blow count in SPTN60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses(N1)60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses and normalised for effective

vertical overburden stressNc Nq Nγ Bearing capacity coefficientsP ForcePa Thrust due to active earth pressurePp Thrust due to passive earth pressurePw Thrust due to water or seepage forcesQ Total quantity of flow in time tQb Ultimate soil strength at pile baseQs Ultimate soil strength around pile shaftQu Ultimate load carrying capacity of pileR Radius reactionRbcal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile base resistanceRbk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile base resistanceRc Eurocode 7 compressive resistance of ground against a pile at ultimate limit stateRccal Eurocode 7 calculated value of Rc

Rcd Eurocode 7 design value of Rc

Rck Eurocode 7 characteristic value of Rc

Rcm Eurocode 7 measured value of Rc

Rd Eurocode 7 design resisting forceRo Overconsolidation ratio (one-dimensional)Rp Overconsolidation ratio (isotropic)Rscal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile shaft resistanceRsk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile shaft resistanceS Vane shear strengthSdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising seepage forceSr Degree of saturationSt SensitivityT Time factor tangential force surface tension torqueTd Eurocode 7 design value of total shearing resistance around structureU Average degree of consolidationUz Degree of consolidation at a point at depth zV Volume vertical loadVa Volume of airVdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising vertical action on a structure

Notation Index xiii

Vs Volume of solidsVv Volume of voidsVw Volume of waterW WeightWs Weight of solidsWw Weight of waterXd Eurocode 7 design value of a material propertyXk Eurocode 7 representative value of a material propertyZ Section modulus

a Area intercept of MCV calibration line with w axisb Width slope of MCV calibration linec Unit cohesioncprime Unit cohesion with respect to effective stressescb Undisturbed soil shear strength at pile baseprimecd Eurocode 7 design value of effective cohesion

cr Residual value of cohesioncu Undrained unit cohesioncu Average undrained shear strength of soilcud Eurocode 7 design value of undrained shear strengthcv Coefficient of consolidationcw Unit cohesion between wall and soild Pile penetration pile diameterdc dq dγ Depth factorse Void ratio eccentricityfs Ultimate skin friction for pilesg Gravitational accelerationh Hydrostatic head heighthc Capillary rise tension crack depthhe Equivalent height of soilhw Excess headi Hydraulic gradientic Critical hydraulic gradientic iq iγ Inclination factorsk Coefficient of permeabilityl Lengthm Stability coefficientmB mL Eurocode 7 load inclination factor parametersmv Coefficient of volume compressibilityn Porosity stability coefficientp Pressure mean pressurepa Active earth pressurepc Preconsolidation pressure (one-dimensional)

primepe Equivalent consolidation pressure (isotropic)pLM Pressuremeter limit pressurep0 Earth pressure at rest

primepm Preconsolidation pressure (isotropic)primepo Effective overburden pressure

pp Passive earth pressureq Unit quantity of flow deviator stress uniform surcharge bearing pressureqa Allowable bearing pressurequ Ultimate bearing capacity

xiv Notation Index

qu net Net ultimate bearing capacityr Radius radial distance finite difference constantru Pore pressure ratios Suction value of soil stress parametersc sq sγ Shape factorssw Corrected drawdown in pumping wellt Time stress parameteru uw Pore water pressureua Pore air pressure pore pressure due to σ3 in a saturated soilud Pore pressure due to (σ1 minus σ3) in a saturated soiludstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising total pore water pressureui Initial pore water pressurev Velocity specific volumew Water or moisture contentwL Liquid limitwP Plastic limitws Shrinkage limitx Horizontal distancey Vertical or horizontal distancez Vertical distance depthza Depth of investigation pointszo Depth of tension crackzw Depth below water table

α Angle pile adhesion factorβ Slope angleΓ Eurocode 7 over-design factor specific volume at ln Pprime = 0γ Unit weight (weight density)γprime Submerged buoyant or effective unit weight (effective weight density)γA Eurocode 7 partial factor accidental action ndash unfavourableγb Bulk unit weight (bulk weight density) Eurocode 7 partial factor pile base resistance

primeγc Eurocode 7 partial factor effective cohesionγcu Eurocode 7 partial factor undrained shear strengthγd Dry unit weight (dry weight density)γF Eurocode 7 partial factor for an actionγGdst Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash destabilisingγGstb Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash stabilisingγGfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash favourableγGunfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash unfavourableγM Eurocode 7 partial factor for a soil parameterγQ Eurocode 7 partial factor variable action ndash unfavourableγqu Eurocode 7 partial factor unconfined compressive strengthγR Eurocode 7 partial factor for a resistanceγRe Eurocode 7 partial factor earth resistanceγRh Eurocode 7 partial factor sliding resistanceγRv Eurocode 7 partial factor bearing resistanceγs Eurocode 7 partial factor pile shaft resistanceγsat Saturated unit weight (saturated weight density)γt Eurocode 7 partial factor pile total resistanceγw Unit weight of water (weight density of water)γγ Eurocode 7 partial factor weight density

primeγφ Eurocode 7 partial factor angle of shearing resistance

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 9: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

Preface

When I wrote the 8th Edition of this book in 2005 only Part 1 of Eurocode 7 had been published In that Edition I illustrated how geotechnical design to the new Eurocode was to be carried out and the feedback that I received indicated that readers found my approaches easy to follow Between 2007 and 2010 Part 2 of the code and both UK National Annexes to the code were published and much of the new material in this 9th Edition has been developed around the now complete set of documents

To help the reader fully understand the stages of a Eurocode 7 design I have rearranged the sequence of chapters in the book and written two new chapters around the complete design process Chapter 5 describes the design methods (aligning to Eurocode 7 Part 1) and Chapter 6 describes the ground inves-tigation aspects (aligning to Part 2) The specific design methods to be used for various geotechnical structures are described in the later chapters which cover retaining walls shallow and deep foundations and slopes The early chapters of the book cover the fundamentals of the behaviour of soils

I have provided many worked examples throughout the book that illustrate the principles of soil mechan-ics and the geotechnical design processes To help the reader further I have produced a suite of spread-sheets and documents to accompany the book that match up against many of the worked examples These can be used to better understand the analysis being adopted in the examples which are particularly beneficial to understanding the Eurocode 7 design examples In addition I have produced the solutions to the exercises at the end of the chapters as a series of portable document format (pdf) files All of these files can be freely downloaded from wwwwileycomgosmithsoil

Whilst the full content of both parts of Eurocode 7 has driven the bulk of the new material in this edition I have also updated other aspects of the text throughout This was done in recognition that some aspects of the book had become dated as a result of the introduction of new methods and standards Furthermore the format of the book has been improved to aid readability and thus help the reader in understanding the material All in all I believe that I have produced a valuable and very up-to-date textbook on soil mechanics from which the learning of the subject should be made easier

I must thank my colleagues Dr Daniel Barreto and Dr John McDougall for their advice on the revisions I have made to the sections on shear strength and unsaturated soils

x

Notation Index

The following is a list of the more important symbols used in the text

A Area pore pressure coefficientAprime Effective foundation areaAb Area of base of pileAs Area of surface of embedded length of pile shaftB Width diameter pore pressure coefficient foundation widthBprime Effective foundation widthC Cohesive force constantCa Area ratioCC Compression index soil compressibilityCN SPT Correction factorCr Static cone resistanceCs Constant of compressibilityCu Uniformity coefficientCv Void fluid compressibilityD Diameter depth factor foundation depth embedded length of pileDW Depth of groundwater tableDr Relative densityD1 D2 Cutting shoe diametersD10 Effective particle sizeE Modulus of elasticity efficiency of pile groupEd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of actionsEdstd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of destabilising actionsEstbd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of stabilising actionsEM Pressuremeter modulusEr SPT Energy ratioF Factor of safetyFb Factor of safety on pile base resistanceFcd Eurocode 7 design axial compression load on a pileFd Eurocode 7 design value of an actionFrep Eurocode 7 representative value of an actionFs Factor of safety on pile shaft resistanceGdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)Gs Particle specific gravityGstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)

primeGstb d Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (heave)GWL Groundwater levelH Thickness height horizontal loadI Index moment of inertiaID Density index

xi

xii Notation Index

IL Liquidity indexIP Plasticity indexIσ Vertical stress influence factorK Factor ratio of σ3σ1

Ka Coefficient of active earth pressureK0 Coefficient of earth pressure at restKp Coefficient of passive earth pressureKs Pile constantL LengthLprime Effective foundation lengthM Moment slope projection of critical state line mass mobilisation factorMs Mass of solidsMw Mass of waterMCV Moisture condition valueN Number stability number specific volume for ln pprime = 0 (one-dimensional consolidation)

uncorrected blow count in SPTN60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses(N1)60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses and normalised for effective

vertical overburden stressNc Nq Nγ Bearing capacity coefficientsP ForcePa Thrust due to active earth pressurePp Thrust due to passive earth pressurePw Thrust due to water or seepage forcesQ Total quantity of flow in time tQb Ultimate soil strength at pile baseQs Ultimate soil strength around pile shaftQu Ultimate load carrying capacity of pileR Radius reactionRbcal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile base resistanceRbk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile base resistanceRc Eurocode 7 compressive resistance of ground against a pile at ultimate limit stateRccal Eurocode 7 calculated value of Rc

Rcd Eurocode 7 design value of Rc

Rck Eurocode 7 characteristic value of Rc

Rcm Eurocode 7 measured value of Rc

Rd Eurocode 7 design resisting forceRo Overconsolidation ratio (one-dimensional)Rp Overconsolidation ratio (isotropic)Rscal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile shaft resistanceRsk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile shaft resistanceS Vane shear strengthSdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising seepage forceSr Degree of saturationSt SensitivityT Time factor tangential force surface tension torqueTd Eurocode 7 design value of total shearing resistance around structureU Average degree of consolidationUz Degree of consolidation at a point at depth zV Volume vertical loadVa Volume of airVdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising vertical action on a structure

Notation Index xiii

Vs Volume of solidsVv Volume of voidsVw Volume of waterW WeightWs Weight of solidsWw Weight of waterXd Eurocode 7 design value of a material propertyXk Eurocode 7 representative value of a material propertyZ Section modulus

a Area intercept of MCV calibration line with w axisb Width slope of MCV calibration linec Unit cohesioncprime Unit cohesion with respect to effective stressescb Undisturbed soil shear strength at pile baseprimecd Eurocode 7 design value of effective cohesion

cr Residual value of cohesioncu Undrained unit cohesioncu Average undrained shear strength of soilcud Eurocode 7 design value of undrained shear strengthcv Coefficient of consolidationcw Unit cohesion between wall and soild Pile penetration pile diameterdc dq dγ Depth factorse Void ratio eccentricityfs Ultimate skin friction for pilesg Gravitational accelerationh Hydrostatic head heighthc Capillary rise tension crack depthhe Equivalent height of soilhw Excess headi Hydraulic gradientic Critical hydraulic gradientic iq iγ Inclination factorsk Coefficient of permeabilityl Lengthm Stability coefficientmB mL Eurocode 7 load inclination factor parametersmv Coefficient of volume compressibilityn Porosity stability coefficientp Pressure mean pressurepa Active earth pressurepc Preconsolidation pressure (one-dimensional)

primepe Equivalent consolidation pressure (isotropic)pLM Pressuremeter limit pressurep0 Earth pressure at rest

primepm Preconsolidation pressure (isotropic)primepo Effective overburden pressure

pp Passive earth pressureq Unit quantity of flow deviator stress uniform surcharge bearing pressureqa Allowable bearing pressurequ Ultimate bearing capacity

xiv Notation Index

qu net Net ultimate bearing capacityr Radius radial distance finite difference constantru Pore pressure ratios Suction value of soil stress parametersc sq sγ Shape factorssw Corrected drawdown in pumping wellt Time stress parameteru uw Pore water pressureua Pore air pressure pore pressure due to σ3 in a saturated soilud Pore pressure due to (σ1 minus σ3) in a saturated soiludstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising total pore water pressureui Initial pore water pressurev Velocity specific volumew Water or moisture contentwL Liquid limitwP Plastic limitws Shrinkage limitx Horizontal distancey Vertical or horizontal distancez Vertical distance depthza Depth of investigation pointszo Depth of tension crackzw Depth below water table

α Angle pile adhesion factorβ Slope angleΓ Eurocode 7 over-design factor specific volume at ln Pprime = 0γ Unit weight (weight density)γprime Submerged buoyant or effective unit weight (effective weight density)γA Eurocode 7 partial factor accidental action ndash unfavourableγb Bulk unit weight (bulk weight density) Eurocode 7 partial factor pile base resistance

primeγc Eurocode 7 partial factor effective cohesionγcu Eurocode 7 partial factor undrained shear strengthγd Dry unit weight (dry weight density)γF Eurocode 7 partial factor for an actionγGdst Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash destabilisingγGstb Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash stabilisingγGfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash favourableγGunfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash unfavourableγM Eurocode 7 partial factor for a soil parameterγQ Eurocode 7 partial factor variable action ndash unfavourableγqu Eurocode 7 partial factor unconfined compressive strengthγR Eurocode 7 partial factor for a resistanceγRe Eurocode 7 partial factor earth resistanceγRh Eurocode 7 partial factor sliding resistanceγRv Eurocode 7 partial factor bearing resistanceγs Eurocode 7 partial factor pile shaft resistanceγsat Saturated unit weight (saturated weight density)γt Eurocode 7 partial factor pile total resistanceγw Unit weight of water (weight density of water)γγ Eurocode 7 partial factor weight density

primeγφ Eurocode 7 partial factor angle of shearing resistance

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 10: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

Notation Index

The following is a list of the more important symbols used in the text

A Area pore pressure coefficientAprime Effective foundation areaAb Area of base of pileAs Area of surface of embedded length of pile shaftB Width diameter pore pressure coefficient foundation widthBprime Effective foundation widthC Cohesive force constantCa Area ratioCC Compression index soil compressibilityCN SPT Correction factorCr Static cone resistanceCs Constant of compressibilityCu Uniformity coefficientCv Void fluid compressibilityD Diameter depth factor foundation depth embedded length of pileDW Depth of groundwater tableDr Relative densityD1 D2 Cutting shoe diametersD10 Effective particle sizeE Modulus of elasticity efficiency of pile groupEd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of actionsEdstd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of destabilising actionsEstbd Eurocode 7 design value of effect of stabilising actionsEM Pressuremeter modulusEr SPT Energy ratioF Factor of safetyFb Factor of safety on pile base resistanceFcd Eurocode 7 design axial compression load on a pileFd Eurocode 7 design value of an actionFrep Eurocode 7 representative value of an actionFs Factor of safety on pile shaft resistanceGdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)Gs Particle specific gravityGstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (uplift)

primeGstb d Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising permanent vertical action (heave)GWL Groundwater levelH Thickness height horizontal loadI Index moment of inertiaID Density index

xi

xii Notation Index

IL Liquidity indexIP Plasticity indexIσ Vertical stress influence factorK Factor ratio of σ3σ1

Ka Coefficient of active earth pressureK0 Coefficient of earth pressure at restKp Coefficient of passive earth pressureKs Pile constantL LengthLprime Effective foundation lengthM Moment slope projection of critical state line mass mobilisation factorMs Mass of solidsMw Mass of waterMCV Moisture condition valueN Number stability number specific volume for ln pprime = 0 (one-dimensional consolidation)

uncorrected blow count in SPTN60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses(N1)60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses and normalised for effective

vertical overburden stressNc Nq Nγ Bearing capacity coefficientsP ForcePa Thrust due to active earth pressurePp Thrust due to passive earth pressurePw Thrust due to water or seepage forcesQ Total quantity of flow in time tQb Ultimate soil strength at pile baseQs Ultimate soil strength around pile shaftQu Ultimate load carrying capacity of pileR Radius reactionRbcal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile base resistanceRbk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile base resistanceRc Eurocode 7 compressive resistance of ground against a pile at ultimate limit stateRccal Eurocode 7 calculated value of Rc

Rcd Eurocode 7 design value of Rc

Rck Eurocode 7 characteristic value of Rc

Rcm Eurocode 7 measured value of Rc

Rd Eurocode 7 design resisting forceRo Overconsolidation ratio (one-dimensional)Rp Overconsolidation ratio (isotropic)Rscal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile shaft resistanceRsk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile shaft resistanceS Vane shear strengthSdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising seepage forceSr Degree of saturationSt SensitivityT Time factor tangential force surface tension torqueTd Eurocode 7 design value of total shearing resistance around structureU Average degree of consolidationUz Degree of consolidation at a point at depth zV Volume vertical loadVa Volume of airVdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising vertical action on a structure

Notation Index xiii

Vs Volume of solidsVv Volume of voidsVw Volume of waterW WeightWs Weight of solidsWw Weight of waterXd Eurocode 7 design value of a material propertyXk Eurocode 7 representative value of a material propertyZ Section modulus

a Area intercept of MCV calibration line with w axisb Width slope of MCV calibration linec Unit cohesioncprime Unit cohesion with respect to effective stressescb Undisturbed soil shear strength at pile baseprimecd Eurocode 7 design value of effective cohesion

cr Residual value of cohesioncu Undrained unit cohesioncu Average undrained shear strength of soilcud Eurocode 7 design value of undrained shear strengthcv Coefficient of consolidationcw Unit cohesion between wall and soild Pile penetration pile diameterdc dq dγ Depth factorse Void ratio eccentricityfs Ultimate skin friction for pilesg Gravitational accelerationh Hydrostatic head heighthc Capillary rise tension crack depthhe Equivalent height of soilhw Excess headi Hydraulic gradientic Critical hydraulic gradientic iq iγ Inclination factorsk Coefficient of permeabilityl Lengthm Stability coefficientmB mL Eurocode 7 load inclination factor parametersmv Coefficient of volume compressibilityn Porosity stability coefficientp Pressure mean pressurepa Active earth pressurepc Preconsolidation pressure (one-dimensional)

primepe Equivalent consolidation pressure (isotropic)pLM Pressuremeter limit pressurep0 Earth pressure at rest

primepm Preconsolidation pressure (isotropic)primepo Effective overburden pressure

pp Passive earth pressureq Unit quantity of flow deviator stress uniform surcharge bearing pressureqa Allowable bearing pressurequ Ultimate bearing capacity

xiv Notation Index

qu net Net ultimate bearing capacityr Radius radial distance finite difference constantru Pore pressure ratios Suction value of soil stress parametersc sq sγ Shape factorssw Corrected drawdown in pumping wellt Time stress parameteru uw Pore water pressureua Pore air pressure pore pressure due to σ3 in a saturated soilud Pore pressure due to (σ1 minus σ3) in a saturated soiludstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising total pore water pressureui Initial pore water pressurev Velocity specific volumew Water or moisture contentwL Liquid limitwP Plastic limitws Shrinkage limitx Horizontal distancey Vertical or horizontal distancez Vertical distance depthza Depth of investigation pointszo Depth of tension crackzw Depth below water table

α Angle pile adhesion factorβ Slope angleΓ Eurocode 7 over-design factor specific volume at ln Pprime = 0γ Unit weight (weight density)γprime Submerged buoyant or effective unit weight (effective weight density)γA Eurocode 7 partial factor accidental action ndash unfavourableγb Bulk unit weight (bulk weight density) Eurocode 7 partial factor pile base resistance

primeγc Eurocode 7 partial factor effective cohesionγcu Eurocode 7 partial factor undrained shear strengthγd Dry unit weight (dry weight density)γF Eurocode 7 partial factor for an actionγGdst Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash destabilisingγGstb Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash stabilisingγGfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash favourableγGunfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash unfavourableγM Eurocode 7 partial factor for a soil parameterγQ Eurocode 7 partial factor variable action ndash unfavourableγqu Eurocode 7 partial factor unconfined compressive strengthγR Eurocode 7 partial factor for a resistanceγRe Eurocode 7 partial factor earth resistanceγRh Eurocode 7 partial factor sliding resistanceγRv Eurocode 7 partial factor bearing resistanceγs Eurocode 7 partial factor pile shaft resistanceγsat Saturated unit weight (saturated weight density)γt Eurocode 7 partial factor pile total resistanceγw Unit weight of water (weight density of water)γγ Eurocode 7 partial factor weight density

primeγφ Eurocode 7 partial factor angle of shearing resistance

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 11: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

xii Notation Index

IL Liquidity indexIP Plasticity indexIσ Vertical stress influence factorK Factor ratio of σ3σ1

Ka Coefficient of active earth pressureK0 Coefficient of earth pressure at restKp Coefficient of passive earth pressureKs Pile constantL LengthLprime Effective foundation lengthM Moment slope projection of critical state line mass mobilisation factorMs Mass of solidsMw Mass of waterMCV Moisture condition valueN Number stability number specific volume for ln pprime = 0 (one-dimensional consolidation)

uncorrected blow count in SPTN60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses(N1)60 Number of blows from the SPT corrected to energy losses and normalised for effective

vertical overburden stressNc Nq Nγ Bearing capacity coefficientsP ForcePa Thrust due to active earth pressurePp Thrust due to passive earth pressurePw Thrust due to water or seepage forcesQ Total quantity of flow in time tQb Ultimate soil strength at pile baseQs Ultimate soil strength around pile shaftQu Ultimate load carrying capacity of pileR Radius reactionRbcal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile base resistanceRbk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile base resistanceRc Eurocode 7 compressive resistance of ground against a pile at ultimate limit stateRccal Eurocode 7 calculated value of Rc

Rcd Eurocode 7 design value of Rc

Rck Eurocode 7 characteristic value of Rc

Rcm Eurocode 7 measured value of Rc

Rd Eurocode 7 design resisting forceRo Overconsolidation ratio (one-dimensional)Rp Overconsolidation ratio (isotropic)Rscal Eurocode 7 calculated value of pile shaft resistanceRsk Eurocode 7 characteristic value of pile shaft resistanceS Vane shear strengthSdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising seepage forceSr Degree of saturationSt SensitivityT Time factor tangential force surface tension torqueTd Eurocode 7 design value of total shearing resistance around structureU Average degree of consolidationUz Degree of consolidation at a point at depth zV Volume vertical loadVa Volume of airVdstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising vertical action on a structure

Notation Index xiii

Vs Volume of solidsVv Volume of voidsVw Volume of waterW WeightWs Weight of solidsWw Weight of waterXd Eurocode 7 design value of a material propertyXk Eurocode 7 representative value of a material propertyZ Section modulus

a Area intercept of MCV calibration line with w axisb Width slope of MCV calibration linec Unit cohesioncprime Unit cohesion with respect to effective stressescb Undisturbed soil shear strength at pile baseprimecd Eurocode 7 design value of effective cohesion

cr Residual value of cohesioncu Undrained unit cohesioncu Average undrained shear strength of soilcud Eurocode 7 design value of undrained shear strengthcv Coefficient of consolidationcw Unit cohesion between wall and soild Pile penetration pile diameterdc dq dγ Depth factorse Void ratio eccentricityfs Ultimate skin friction for pilesg Gravitational accelerationh Hydrostatic head heighthc Capillary rise tension crack depthhe Equivalent height of soilhw Excess headi Hydraulic gradientic Critical hydraulic gradientic iq iγ Inclination factorsk Coefficient of permeabilityl Lengthm Stability coefficientmB mL Eurocode 7 load inclination factor parametersmv Coefficient of volume compressibilityn Porosity stability coefficientp Pressure mean pressurepa Active earth pressurepc Preconsolidation pressure (one-dimensional)

primepe Equivalent consolidation pressure (isotropic)pLM Pressuremeter limit pressurep0 Earth pressure at rest

primepm Preconsolidation pressure (isotropic)primepo Effective overburden pressure

pp Passive earth pressureq Unit quantity of flow deviator stress uniform surcharge bearing pressureqa Allowable bearing pressurequ Ultimate bearing capacity

xiv Notation Index

qu net Net ultimate bearing capacityr Radius radial distance finite difference constantru Pore pressure ratios Suction value of soil stress parametersc sq sγ Shape factorssw Corrected drawdown in pumping wellt Time stress parameteru uw Pore water pressureua Pore air pressure pore pressure due to σ3 in a saturated soilud Pore pressure due to (σ1 minus σ3) in a saturated soiludstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising total pore water pressureui Initial pore water pressurev Velocity specific volumew Water or moisture contentwL Liquid limitwP Plastic limitws Shrinkage limitx Horizontal distancey Vertical or horizontal distancez Vertical distance depthza Depth of investigation pointszo Depth of tension crackzw Depth below water table

α Angle pile adhesion factorβ Slope angleΓ Eurocode 7 over-design factor specific volume at ln Pprime = 0γ Unit weight (weight density)γprime Submerged buoyant or effective unit weight (effective weight density)γA Eurocode 7 partial factor accidental action ndash unfavourableγb Bulk unit weight (bulk weight density) Eurocode 7 partial factor pile base resistance

primeγc Eurocode 7 partial factor effective cohesionγcu Eurocode 7 partial factor undrained shear strengthγd Dry unit weight (dry weight density)γF Eurocode 7 partial factor for an actionγGdst Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash destabilisingγGstb Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash stabilisingγGfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash favourableγGunfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash unfavourableγM Eurocode 7 partial factor for a soil parameterγQ Eurocode 7 partial factor variable action ndash unfavourableγqu Eurocode 7 partial factor unconfined compressive strengthγR Eurocode 7 partial factor for a resistanceγRe Eurocode 7 partial factor earth resistanceγRh Eurocode 7 partial factor sliding resistanceγRv Eurocode 7 partial factor bearing resistanceγs Eurocode 7 partial factor pile shaft resistanceγsat Saturated unit weight (saturated weight density)γt Eurocode 7 partial factor pile total resistanceγw Unit weight of water (weight density of water)γγ Eurocode 7 partial factor weight density

primeγφ Eurocode 7 partial factor angle of shearing resistance

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 12: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

Notation Index xiii

Vs Volume of solidsVv Volume of voidsVw Volume of waterW WeightWs Weight of solidsWw Weight of waterXd Eurocode 7 design value of a material propertyXk Eurocode 7 representative value of a material propertyZ Section modulus

a Area intercept of MCV calibration line with w axisb Width slope of MCV calibration linec Unit cohesioncprime Unit cohesion with respect to effective stressescb Undisturbed soil shear strength at pile baseprimecd Eurocode 7 design value of effective cohesion

cr Residual value of cohesioncu Undrained unit cohesioncu Average undrained shear strength of soilcud Eurocode 7 design value of undrained shear strengthcv Coefficient of consolidationcw Unit cohesion between wall and soild Pile penetration pile diameterdc dq dγ Depth factorse Void ratio eccentricityfs Ultimate skin friction for pilesg Gravitational accelerationh Hydrostatic head heighthc Capillary rise tension crack depthhe Equivalent height of soilhw Excess headi Hydraulic gradientic Critical hydraulic gradientic iq iγ Inclination factorsk Coefficient of permeabilityl Lengthm Stability coefficientmB mL Eurocode 7 load inclination factor parametersmv Coefficient of volume compressibilityn Porosity stability coefficientp Pressure mean pressurepa Active earth pressurepc Preconsolidation pressure (one-dimensional)

primepe Equivalent consolidation pressure (isotropic)pLM Pressuremeter limit pressurep0 Earth pressure at rest

primepm Preconsolidation pressure (isotropic)primepo Effective overburden pressure

pp Passive earth pressureq Unit quantity of flow deviator stress uniform surcharge bearing pressureqa Allowable bearing pressurequ Ultimate bearing capacity

xiv Notation Index

qu net Net ultimate bearing capacityr Radius radial distance finite difference constantru Pore pressure ratios Suction value of soil stress parametersc sq sγ Shape factorssw Corrected drawdown in pumping wellt Time stress parameteru uw Pore water pressureua Pore air pressure pore pressure due to σ3 in a saturated soilud Pore pressure due to (σ1 minus σ3) in a saturated soiludstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising total pore water pressureui Initial pore water pressurev Velocity specific volumew Water or moisture contentwL Liquid limitwP Plastic limitws Shrinkage limitx Horizontal distancey Vertical or horizontal distancez Vertical distance depthza Depth of investigation pointszo Depth of tension crackzw Depth below water table

α Angle pile adhesion factorβ Slope angleΓ Eurocode 7 over-design factor specific volume at ln Pprime = 0γ Unit weight (weight density)γprime Submerged buoyant or effective unit weight (effective weight density)γA Eurocode 7 partial factor accidental action ndash unfavourableγb Bulk unit weight (bulk weight density) Eurocode 7 partial factor pile base resistance

primeγc Eurocode 7 partial factor effective cohesionγcu Eurocode 7 partial factor undrained shear strengthγd Dry unit weight (dry weight density)γF Eurocode 7 partial factor for an actionγGdst Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash destabilisingγGstb Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash stabilisingγGfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash favourableγGunfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash unfavourableγM Eurocode 7 partial factor for a soil parameterγQ Eurocode 7 partial factor variable action ndash unfavourableγqu Eurocode 7 partial factor unconfined compressive strengthγR Eurocode 7 partial factor for a resistanceγRe Eurocode 7 partial factor earth resistanceγRh Eurocode 7 partial factor sliding resistanceγRv Eurocode 7 partial factor bearing resistanceγs Eurocode 7 partial factor pile shaft resistanceγsat Saturated unit weight (saturated weight density)γt Eurocode 7 partial factor pile total resistanceγw Unit weight of water (weight density of water)γγ Eurocode 7 partial factor weight density

primeγφ Eurocode 7 partial factor angle of shearing resistance

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 13: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

xiv Notation Index

qu net Net ultimate bearing capacityr Radius radial distance finite difference constantru Pore pressure ratios Suction value of soil stress parametersc sq sγ Shape factorssw Corrected drawdown in pumping wellt Time stress parameteru uw Pore water pressureua Pore air pressure pore pressure due to σ3 in a saturated soilud Pore pressure due to (σ1 minus σ3) in a saturated soiludstd Eurocode 7 design value of destabilising total pore water pressureui Initial pore water pressurev Velocity specific volumew Water or moisture contentwL Liquid limitwP Plastic limitws Shrinkage limitx Horizontal distancey Vertical or horizontal distancez Vertical distance depthza Depth of investigation pointszo Depth of tension crackzw Depth below water table

α Angle pile adhesion factorβ Slope angleΓ Eurocode 7 over-design factor specific volume at ln Pprime = 0γ Unit weight (weight density)γprime Submerged buoyant or effective unit weight (effective weight density)γA Eurocode 7 partial factor accidental action ndash unfavourableγb Bulk unit weight (bulk weight density) Eurocode 7 partial factor pile base resistance

primeγc Eurocode 7 partial factor effective cohesionγcu Eurocode 7 partial factor undrained shear strengthγd Dry unit weight (dry weight density)γF Eurocode 7 partial factor for an actionγGdst Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash destabilisingγGstb Eurocode 7 partial factor EQU permanent action ndash stabilisingγGfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash favourableγGunfav Eurocode 7 partial factor GEO permanent action ndash unfavourableγM Eurocode 7 partial factor for a soil parameterγQ Eurocode 7 partial factor variable action ndash unfavourableγqu Eurocode 7 partial factor unconfined compressive strengthγR Eurocode 7 partial factor for a resistanceγRe Eurocode 7 partial factor earth resistanceγRh Eurocode 7 partial factor sliding resistanceγRv Eurocode 7 partial factor bearing resistanceγs Eurocode 7 partial factor pile shaft resistanceγsat Saturated unit weight (saturated weight density)γt Eurocode 7 partial factor pile total resistanceγw Unit weight of water (weight density of water)γγ Eurocode 7 partial factor weight density

primeγφ Eurocode 7 partial factor angle of shearing resistance

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 14: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

Notation Index xv

δ Groundndashstructure interface friction angleε Strainθ Angle subtended at centre of slip circleκ Slope of swelling lineλ Slope of normal consolidation lineμ Settlement coefficient one micronν Poissonrsquos ratioξ1 ξ2 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to evaluate results of static pile load testsξ3 ξ4 Eurocode 7 correlation factors to derive pile resistance from ground investigation resultsρ Density settlementρprime Submerged buoyant or effective densityρb Bulk densityρc Consolidation settlementρd Dry densityρi Immediate settlementρsat Saturated densityρw Density of waterσ Total normal stressσprime Effective normal stressσa primeσa Total effective axial stress

primeσe Equivalent consolidation pressure (one-dimensional)σr primeσr Total effective radial stressσstbd Eurocode 7 design value of stabilising total vertical stress

primeσv Effective overburden pressureprimeσv Average effective overburden pressureσ1 σ2 σ3 Total major intermediate and minor stress

prime prime primeσ σ σ1 2 3 Effective major intermediate and minor stressτ Shear stressφu Angle of shearing resistance with respect to total stresses (=0)φprime Angle of shearing resistance with respect to effective stressesφcv Critical state or constant volume angle of shearing resistanceφcvd Design value of critical state angle of shearing resistance

primeφd Design value of φprimeψ Angle of back of wall to horizontal

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 15: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

xvi

About the Companion Website

The bookrsquos companion website wwwwileycomgosmithsoil provides you with resources and downloads to further your understanding of the fundamentals of soil mechanics and the use of Eurocode 7

A suite of editable spreadsheets which map onto the worked examples in the book showing how they are solved

Solutions to the end-of-chapter exercises including the full workings Convenient tables with useful data and formulae

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 16: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

1

Smithrsquos Elements of Soil Mechanics 9th Edition Ian Smithcopy 2014 John Wiley amp Sons Ltd Published 2014 by John Wiley amp Sons Ltd

In the field of civil engineering nearly all projects are built on to or into the ground Whether the project is a structure a roadway a tunnel or a bridge the nature of the soil at that location is of great importance to the civil engineer Geotechnical engineering is the term given to the branch of engineering that is concerned with aspects pertaining to the ground Soil mechanics is the subject within this branch that looks at the behaviour of soils in civil engineering

Geotechnical engineers are not the only professionals interested in the ground soil physicists agricul-tural engineers farmers and gardeners all take an interest in the types of soil with which they are working These workers however concern themselves mostly with the organic topsoils found at the soil surface In contrast geotechnical engineers are mainly interested in the engineering soils found beneath the topsoil It is the engineering properties and behaviour of these soils which are their concern

11emsp Agriculturalemspandemspengineeringemspsoil

If an excavation is made through previously undisturbed ground the following materials are usually encoun-tered (Fig 11)

Topsoil

A layer of organic soil usually not more than 500 mm thick in which humus (highly organic partly decom-posed vegetable matter) is often found

Subsoil

The portion of the Earthrsquos crust affected by current weathering and lying between the topsoil and the unweathered soil below

Hardpan

In humid climates humic acid can be formed by rainwater causing decomposition of humus This acid leaches out iron and alumina oxides down into the lower layers where they act as cementation agents to form a hard rock-like material Hardpan is difficult to excavate and as it does not soften when wet has a high resistance to normal soil drilling methods A hardpan layer is sometimes found at the junction of the topsoil and the subsoil

Chapter 1

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoils

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 17: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

2emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Soil

The soft geological deposits extending from the subsoil to bedrock In some soils there is a certain amount of cementation between the grains which affects the physical properties of the soil If this cementation is such that a rock-hard material has been produced then the material must be described as rock A rough rule is that if the material can be excavated by hand or hand tools then it is a soil

Groundwater

A reservoir of underground water The upper surface of this water may occur at any depth and is known as the water table or groundwater level (GWL)

12emsp Engineeringemspdefinitions

Geologists class all items of the Earthrsquos crust as rock whether hard or soft deposits Civil engineers con-sider rock and soil separately

121emsp Rock

Rocks are made from various types of minerals Minerals are substances of crystalline form made up from a particular chemical combination The main minerals found in rocks include quartz feldspar calcite and mica Geologists classify all rocks into three basic groups igneous sedimentary and metamorphic

Igneous rocks

These rocks have become solid from a melted liquid state Extrusive igneous rocks are those that arrived on the surface of the Earth as molten lava and cooled Intrusive igneous rocks are formed from magma (molten rock) that forced itself through cracks into the rock beds below the surface and solidified there

Examples of igneous rocks granite basalt gabbro

Sedimentary rocks

Weathering reduces the rock mass in to fragmented particles which can be more easily transported by wind water and ice When dropped by the agents of weathering they are termed sediments These sedi-

Fig 11 Materials encountered during excavation

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 18: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 3

ments are typically deposited in layers or beds called strata and when compacted and cemented together (lithification) they form sedimentary rocks

Examples of sedimentary rocks shale sandstone chalk

Metamorphic rocks

Metamorphism through high temperatures and pressures acting on sedimentary or igneous rocks pro-duces metamorphic rocks The original rock undergoes both chemical and physical alterations

Examples of metamorphic rocks slate quartzite marble

122emsp Soil

The actions of frost temperature gravity wind rain and chemical weathering are continually forming rock particles that eventually become soils There are three types of soil when considering modes of formation

Transported soil (gravels sands silts and clays)

Most soils have been transported by water As a stream or river loses its velocity it tends to deposit some of the particles that it is carrying dropping the larger heavier particles first Hence on the higher reaches of a river gravel and sand are found whilst on the lower or older parts silts and clays predominate espe-cially where the river enters the sea or a lake and loses its velocity Ice has been another important trans-portation agent and large deposits of boulder clay and moraine are often encountered

In arid parts of the world wind is continually forming sand deposits in the form of ridges The sand particles in these ridges have been more or less rolled along and are invariably rounded and fairly uniform in size Light brown wind-blown deposits of silt-size particles known as loess are often encountered in thin layers the particles having sometimes travelled considerable distances

Residual soil (topsoil laterites)

These soils are formed in situ by chemical weathering and may be found on level rock surfaces where the action of the elements has produced a soil with little tendency to move Residual soils can also occur whenever the rate of break up of the rock exceeds the rate of removal If the parent rock is igneous or metamorphic the resulting soil sizes range from silt to gravel

Laterites are formed by chemical weathering under warm humid tropical conditions when the rainwater leaches out of the soluble rock material leaving behind the insoluble hydroxides of iron and aluminium giving them their characteristic red-brown colour

Organic soil

These soils contain large amounts of decomposed animal and vegetable matter They are usually dark in colour and give off a distinctive odour Deposits of organic silts and clays have usually been created from river or lake sediments Peat is a special form of organic soil and is a dark brown spongy material which almost entirely consists of lightly to fully decomposed vegetable matter It exists in one of three forms

Fibrous Non-plastic with a firm structure only slightly altered by decay Pseudo-fibrous Peat in this form still has a fibrous appearance but is much softer and more plastic

than fibrous peat The change is due more to prolonged submergence in airless water than to decomposition

Amorphous With this type of peat decomposition has destroyed the original fibrous vegetable struc-ture so that it has virtually become an organic clay

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 19: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

4emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Peat deposits occur extensively throughout the world and can be extremely troublesome when encoun-tered in civil engineering work

123emsp Granularemspandemspcohesiveemspsoils

Geotechnical engineers classify soils as either granular or cohesive Granular soils (sometimes referred to as cohesionless soils) are formed from loose particles without strong inter-particle forces eg sands and gravels Cohesive soils (eg clays clayey silts) are made from particles bound together with clay minerals The particles are flaky and sheet-like and retain a significant amount of adsorbed water on their surfaces The ability of the sheet-like particles to slide relative to one another gives a cohesive soil the property known as plasticity

13emsp Clayemspsoils

It is generally believed that rock fragments can be reduced by mechanical means to a limiting size of about 0002 mm so that a soil containing particles above this size has a mineral content similar to the parent rock from which it was created

For the production of particles smaller than 0002 mm some form of chemical action is generally neces-sary before breakdown can be achieved Such particles although having a chemical content similar to the parent rock have a different crystalline structure and are known as clay particles An exception is rock flour rock grains smaller than 0002 mm produced by the glacial action of rocks grinding against each other

131emsp Classesemspofemspclayemspminerals

The minerals constituting a clay are invariably the result of the chemical weathering of rock particles and are hydrates of aluminium iron or magnesium silicate generally combined in such a manner as to create sheet-like structures only a few molecules thick These sheets are built from two basic units the tetrahedral unit of silica and the octahedral unit of the hydroxide of aluminium iron or magnesium The main dimen-sion of a clay particle is usually less than 0002 mm and the different types of minerals have been created from the manner in which these structures were stacked together

The three main groups of clay minerals are as follows

Kaolinite group

This mineral is the most dominant part of residual clay deposits and is made up from large stacks of alternating single tetrahedral sheets of silicate and octahedral sheets of aluminium Kaolinites are very stable with a strong structure and absorb little water They have low swelling and shrinkage responses to water content variation

Illite group

Consists of a series of single octahedral sheets of aluminium sandwiched between two tetrahedral sheets of silicon In the octahedral sheets some of the aluminium is replaced by iron and magnesium and in the tetrahedral sheets there is a partial replacement of silicon by aluminium Illites tend to absorb more water than kaolinites and have higher swelling and shrinkage characteristics

Montmorillonite group

This mineral has a similar structure to the illite group but in the tetrahedral sheets some of the silicon is replaced by iron magnesium and aluminium Montmorillonites exhibit extremely high water absorption

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 20: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 5

swelling and shrinkage characteristics Bentonite is a member of this mineral group and is usually formed from weathered volcanic ash Because of its large expansive properties when it is mixed with water it is much in demand as a general grout in the plugging of leaks in reservoirs and tunnels It is also used as a drilling mud for soil borings

Readers interested in this subject of clay mineralogy are referred to the publication by Murray (2006)

132emsp Structureemspofemspaemspclayemspdeposit

Macrostructure

The visible features of a clay deposit collectively form its macrostructure and include such features as fis-sures root holes bedding patterns silt and sand seams or lenses and other discontinuities

A study of the macrostructure is important as it usually has an effect on the behaviour of the soil mass For example the strength of an unfissured clay mass is much stronger than along a crack

Microstructure

The structural arrangement of microscopic sized clay particles or groups of particles defines the micro-structure of a clay deposit Clay deposits have been laid down under water and were created by the settlement and deposition of clay particles out of suspension Often during their deposition the action of Van der Waals forces attracted clay particles together and created flocculant or honeycombed struc-tures which although still microscopic are of considerably greater volume than single clay particles Such groups of clay particles are referred to as clay flocs

14emsp Fieldemspidentificationemspofemspsoils

Gravels sands and peats are easily recognisable but difficulty arises in deciding when a soil is a fine sand or a coarse silt or when it is a fine silt or a clay The following rules may however help

Fine sand Silt Clay

Individual particles visible Some particles visible No particles visible

Exhibits dilatancy Exhibits dilatancy No dilatancy

Easy to crumble and falls off hands when dry

Easy to crumble and can be dusted off hands when dry

Hard to crumble and sticks to hands when dry

Feels gritty Feels rough Feels smooth

No plasticity Some plasticity Plasticity

The dilatancy test involves moulding a small amount of soil in the palm of the hand if water is seen to recede when the soil is pressed then it is either a sand or a silt

Organic silts and clays are invariably dark grey to blue-black in colour and give off a characteristic odour particularly with fresh samples

The condition of a clay very much depends upon its degree of consolidation At one extreme a soft normally consolidated clay can be moulded by the fingers whereas at the other extreme a hard over consolidated clay cannot Consolidation is described in Chapter 11

Common types of soil

In the field soils are usually found in the form of a mixture of components eg silty clay sandy silt etc Local names are sometimes used for soil types that occur within a particular region eg London clay

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 21: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

6emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Boulder clay also referred to as glacial till is an unstratified and irregular mixture of boulders cobbles gravel sand silt and clay of glacial origin In spite of its name boulder clay is not a pure clay and contains more granular material than clay particles Moraines are gravel and sand deposits of glacial origin Loam is a soft deposit consisting of a mixture of sand silt and clay in approximately equal quantities Fill is soil excavated from a lsquoborrowrsquo area which is used for filling hollows or for the construction of earthfill struc-tures such as dams or embankments Fill will sometimes contain man-made material such as crushed concrete or bricks from demolished buildings

15emsp Laboratoryemspclassificationemspofemspsoils

Soil classification enables the engineer to assign a soil to one of a limited number of groups based on the material properties and characteristics of the soil The classification groups are then used as a system of reference for soils Soils can be classified in the field or in the laboratory Field techniques are usually based upon visual recognition as described above Laboratory techniques involve several specialised tests

151emsp Dryingemspsoils

Soils can be either oven or air dried It has become standard practice to oven dry soils at a temperature of 105degC but it should be remembered that some soils can be damaged by such a temperature Oven drying is necessary for water content and particle specific gravity (see Section 183) tests but air drying should be used whenever possible for other soil tests that also require the test sample to be dry

152emsp Determinationemspofemspwateremspcontentemspw

The most common way of expressing the amount of water present in a soil is the water content The water content also called the moisture content is given the symbol w and is the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of dry soil

wWeight of waterWeight of solids

WW

w

s

= = or wMass of waterMass of solids

MM

w

s

= =

w is usually expressed as a percentage and should be quoted to two significant figures

Exampleemsp11emsp Wateremspcontentemspdetermination

A sample of soil was placed in a water content tin of mass 1952 g The combined mass of the soil and the tin was 4827 g After oven drying the soil and the tin had a mass of 4231 g

Determine the water content of the soil

Solution

wMM

w

s

= =minusminus

= = =48 27 42 3142 31 19 52

5 9622 79

0 262 26

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 22: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 7

153emsp Granularemspsoilsemspndashemspparticleemspsizeemspdistribution

A standardised system helps to eliminate human error in the classification of soils The usual method is based on the determination of the particle size distribution by shaking an oven dried sample of the soil (usually after washing the sample over a 63μm sieve) through a set of sieves and recording the mass retained on each sieve The classification system adopted by the British Standards Institution is the Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) system The boundaries defined by this system can be seen on the particle size distribution sheet in Fig 12 The results of the sieve analysis are plotted with the particle sizes horizontal and the summation percentages vertical As soil particles vary in size from molecular to boulder it is necessary to use a log scale for the horizontal plot so that the full range can be shown on the one sheet

The smallest aperture generally used in soils work is that of the 0063 mm size sieve Below this size (ie silt sizes) the distribution curve must be obtained by sedimentation (pipette or hydrometer) Unless a centrifuge is used it is not possible to determine the range of clay sizes in a soil and all that can be done is to obtain the total percentage of clay sizes present A full description of these tests is given in BS 1377 Part 2(BSI 1990)

Examples of particle size distribution (or grading) curves for different soil types are shown in Fig 19 From these grading curves it is possible to determine for each soil the total percentage of a particular size and the percentage of particle sizes larger or smaller than any particular particle size

The effective size of a distribution D10

An important particle size within a soil distribution is the effective size which is the largest size of the smallest 10 It is given the symbol D10 Other particle sizes such as D60 and D85 are defined in the same manner

Grading of a distribution

For a granular soil the shape of its grading curve indicates the distribution of the soil particles within itIf the shape of the curve is not too steep and is more or less constant over the full range of the soilrsquos

particle sizes then the particle size distribution extends evenly over the range of the particle sizes within the soil and there is no deficiency or excess of any particular particle size Such a soil is said to be well graded

If the soil has any other form of distribution curve then it is said to be poorly graded According to their distribution curves there are two types of poorly graded soil

if the major part of the curve is steep then the soil has a particle size distribution extending over a limited range with most particles tending to be about the same size The soil is said to be closely graded or more commonly uniformly graded

if a soil has large percentages of its bigger and smaller particles and only a small percentage of the intermediate sizes then its grading curve will exhibit a significantly flat section or plateau Such a soil is said to be gap graded

The uniformity coefficient Cu

The grading of a soil is best determined by direct observation of its particle size distribution curve This can be difficult for those studying the subject for the first time but some guidance can be obtained by the use of a grading parameter known as the uniformity coefficient

CDD

u = 60

10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 23: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

8emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Exampleemsp12emsp Particleemspsizeemspdistribution

The results of a sieve analysis on a soil sample were

Sieve size (mm) Mass retained (g)

10 0063 552 2571 23106 22003 173015 1270063 69

23 g passed through the 63 μm sievePlot the particle size distribution curve and determine the uniformity coefficient of

the soil

Solution

The aim is to determine the percentage of soil (by mass) passing through each sieve To do this the percentage retained on each sieve is determined and subtracted from the percentage passing through the previous sieve This gives the percentage passing through the current sieve

Calculations may be set out as follows

Sieve size (mm)

Mass retained (g)

Percentage retained ()

Percentage passing ()

10 00 0 10063 55 5 952 257 22 731 231 20 5306 220 19 3403 173 15 19015 127 11 80063 69 6 2

Pass 0063 23 2Total mass 1155

eg sieve size 2 mm

Percentage retained = times =25 7

115 5100 22

Percentage passing = minus =95 22 73

If Cu lt 40 then the soil is uniformly gradedIf Cu gt 40 then the soil is either well graded or gap and a glance at the grading curve should be suf-

ficient for the reader to decide which is the correct description

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 24: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 9

154emsp Cohesiveemspsoilsemspndashemspconsistencyemsplimitemsp(oremspindex)emsptests

The results of the grading tests described above can only classify a soil with regard to its particle size distribution They do not indicate whether the fine grained particles will exhibit the plasticity generally associated with fine grained soils Hence although a particle size analysis will completely define a gravel and a sand it is necessary to carry out plasticity tests in order to fully classify a clay or a fine silt

These tests were evolved by Atterberg (1911) and determine the various values of water content at which changes in a soilrsquos strength characteristics occur As an introduction to these tests let us consider the effect on the strength and compressibility of a soil as the amount of water within it is varied With a cohesionless soil ie a gravel or a sand both parameters are only slightly affected by a change in water content whereas a cohesive soil ie a silt or a clay tends to become considerably stronger and less com-pressible ie less easy to mould as it dries out

Let us consider a cohesive soil with an extremely high water content ie a suspension of soil particles in water The soil behaves as a liquid and if an attempt is made to apply a shear stress there will be con-tinual deformation with no sign of a failure stress value If the soil is allowed to slowly dry out a point will be reached where the soil just begins to exhibit a small shear resistance If the shear stress were removed it will be found that the soil has experienced a permanent deformation it is now acting as a plastic solid and not as a liquid

Liquid limit (wL) and plastic limit (wP)

The water content at which the soil stops acting as a liquid and starts acting as a plastic solid is known as the liquid limit (wL or LL) see Fig 13c

Fig 12 Example 12

The particle size distribution curve is shown in Fig 12 The soil has approximate propor-tions of 30 gravel and 70 sand

D mm D mm CDD

u10 6060

10

0 17 1 51 50 17

8 8= = = = =

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 25: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

10emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

Fig 13 Shear stressdeformation relationships at different water contents

As further moisture is driven from the soil it becomes possible for the soil to resist large shearing stresses Eventually the soil exhibits no permanent deformation and simply fractures with no plastic defor-mation ie it acts as a brittle solid The limit at which plastic failure changes to brittle failure is known as the plastic limit (wP or PL) see Fig 13a

Plasticity index (IP)

The plasticity index is the range of water content within which a soil is plastic the finer the soil the greater its plasticity index

Plasticity index Liquid limit Plastic limit= minus

I w wP L P= minus

or

PI LL PL= minus

The shearing strength to deformation relationship within the plasticity range is illustrated in Fig 13b

Note The use of the symbols wL wP and IP follows the recommendations by the ISSMFE Lexicon (1985) However the symbols LL PL and PI are still used in many publications

Liquidity index

The liquidity index enables one to compare a soilrsquos plasticity with its natural water content (w)

Iw w

IL

P

P

=minus

If IL = 10 the soil is at its liquid limit if IL = 0 the soil is at its plastic limit

Shrinkage limit

If the drying process is prolonged after the plastic limit has been reached the soil will continue to decrease in volume until a certain value of water content is reached This value is known as the shrinkage limit and

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 26: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

ClassificationemspandemspPhysicalemspPropertiesemspofemspSoilsemsp 11

at values of water content below this level the soil is partially saturated In other words below the shrink-age limit the volume of the soil remains constant with further drying but the weight of the soil decreases until the soil is fully dried

In Fig 14 the variation of the total volume of a soil with its water content is plotted showing the posi-tions of the liquid plastic and shrinkage limits

Determination of liquid and plastic limits

Liquid limit test

BS 1377 Part 2 specifies the following three methods for determining the liquid limit of soil

(1) Cone penetrometer method (definitive method)Details of the apparatus are shown in Fig 15 The soil to be tested is air dried and thoroughly mixed At least 200 g of the soil is sieved through a 425 μm sieve and placed on a glass plate The soil is then mixed with distilled water into a paste

A metal cup approximately 55 mm in diameter and 40 mm deep is filled with the paste and the surface struck off level The cone of mass 80 g is next placed at the centre of the smoothed soil surface and level with it The cone is released so that it penetrates into the soil and the amount of penetration over a time period of 5 seconds is measured

The test is now repeated by lifting the cone clear cleaning it and filling up the depression in the surface of the soil by adding a little more of the wet soil

If the difference between the two measured penetrations is less than 05 mm then the tests are considered valid The average penetration is noted and a water content determination is carried out on the soil tested

The procedure is repeated at least four times with increasing water contents The amount of water used throughout should be such that the penetrations obtained lie within a range of 15 to 25 mm

To obtain the liquid limit the variation of cone penetration is plotted against water content and the best straight line is drawn through the experimental points The liquid limit is taken to be the water content corresponding to a cone penetration of 20 mm (expressed as a whole number)

Fig 14 Changes in total volume against water content

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus

Page 27: Smith’s · 9.7 Designing spread foundations to Eurocode 7 269 9.8 Non-homogeneous soil conditions 284 9.9 Estimates of bearing capacity from in situ testing 285 Exercises 288 10

12emsp SmithrsquosemspElementsemspofemspSoilemspMechanics

(2) One-point cone penetrometer methodIn this test the procedure is similar to that described above with the exception that only one point is required The test is thus fairly rapid Once the average penetration for the point is established the water content of the soil is determined The water content is then multiplied by a factor to give the liquid limit The value of the factor is dependent on both the cone penetration and the range of water content within which the measured water content falls The factors were determined through experi-mental work performed by Clayton and Jukes (1978)

(3) Method using the Casagrande apparatusUntil 1975 this was the only method for determining liquid that was recognised by the British Standards Institution Although still used worldwide the test is now largely superseded by cone penetration techniques

Plastic limit test

About 20 g of soil prepared as in the liquid limit test is used The soil is mixed on the glass plate with just enough water to make it sufficiently plastic for rolling into a ball which is then rolled out between the hand and the glass to form a thread The soil is said to be at its plastic limit when it just begins to crumble at a thread diameter of 3 mm At this stage a section of the thread is removed for water content deter-mination The test should be repeated at least once more

It is interesting to note that in some countries the cone penetrometer is used to determine both wL and wP The apparatus used consists of a 30deg included angle cone with a total mass of 76 g The test is the same as the liquid limit test in Britain a penetration of 17 mm giving wL and a penetration of 2 mm giving wP

Fig 15 Liquid limit apparatus